in^^ *« Reference Guides That Should be Known and How to Use Them By Florence M, Hopkins , Librarian Central High School and Junior College Detroit, Michigan This Pamphlet Pertains to Webster's New International Dictionary TIME REQUIRED Four class periods and Preparation of tliree lessons THE WILLARD COMPANY 479 SIXTH STREET DETROIT ^ MICHIGAN Copyright by FLORENCE M. HOPKINS 1919 Foreword 1^19 LIBRARY SCHOOL This pamphlet is one of a series on the use of reference books. The complete series constitutes a second edition of "Reference guides that should be known and how to use them," which first appeared in 1916 as a text book for high and normal schools. The revision treats important phases of reference work in separate pamphlets, thus making it possible to grade the work, or to select the pamphlets best fitted to meet individual needs. Generally speaking, any one of the pamphlets can be completed in two class periods plus time for the preparation of one lesson be- tween recitations. The entire course could be completed by advanced students in five or six weeks of one class and study period per day. The work can also be scattered in different years. If one subject per term were given in consecutive order to English classes, in high schools, beginning with the B8 of junior high and ex- tending through the A12 of senior high, the work could be covered in two or three class and study periods per term; or, if familiarity with reference books is desired early in the school course, the most important subjects could be crowded into the early high school grades. The order in which the subjects of the pamph- lets are listed below suggests a logical sequence, whether the work is given slowly or rapidly or to lower or to upper grade students. 1 — Webster's New International Dictionary 2 — New Standard Dictionary 3 — Encyclopaedias 4 — Parts of a book 5 — Atlases; city directories; gazetteers 6 — Concordances 7 — Library classification and card catalogue 8 — Indexes to periodical literature; debates 9 — Year-books 10 — Commercial indexes 11 — Important publications of city, state and federal governments The inclusion of specimen pages from the reference books studied makes it possible for each student to follow all illustrative examples without making a trip to a library and waiting to have access to the complete reference work. No library will furnish a sufficient number of copies of expensive reference books to supply large classes adequately for detailed study; neither could a library afford to have pages in expensive reference books as badly worn and marked as they would become if many students were required to consult them for prepared lessons. 1 415803 Exporieficc Jias.pi:oYed.tbat*the best results can be obtained if the work is begun in'-Sd^'lkrLiaes'i'fecita'ti'oB^'by a librarian or a teacher reading the text with the class. If conducted in this way, no previous preparation will be neces- sary, either by the class or by the one who conducts it. As the reading of the text proceeds, it will be seen that important features of the reference books studied are emphasized by referring to the sample pages embodied in the text. With a little class direction of this kind the students can readily see the plan of the text, and can finish any unread pages independently as an assigned lesson for the next recitation. In classes composed of advanced students, or in cases of absence, the entire work could be done independently. The questions on the colored page fastened on the inside of the last cover are designed to emphasize important points and to systematize the work for class records. Blank spaces are left under the questions for the answers. When the questions are assigned as a lesson to be prepared out of class, and the answers are written from memory in the blank spaces during the class recitation following, the points are more thoroughly impressed than they are when the answers are written before coming to class, while having direct access to the text. A key, giving the answer to each question, together with its value on the scale of 100, will be found underneath the question sheet when it is removed. By means of this key, students can correct their own or another's work in a few minutes of class time, in case the librarian or teacher cannot give extra time to do so. Schools which ask a leading reference question in final examinations find that students give more attention to the work and therefore learn to value its importance. The follozving paragraphs are taken from the Foreword of the First Edition Possibly the best way of presenting the points which it is hoped this series of lessons may emphasize is to quote directly from the preface of a Bulletin on "Library instruction in universities, colleges and normal schools," from the United States Bureau of Education, 1914 — No. 34. Many educators of note, as well as college and university librarians, have emphasized the urgent necessity of instruction and training in "book-using skill." The place of the library in the work of all departments is one of increasing importance. The library is a resource or reservoir from which the student should draw constantly for information and inspiration. Every month of delay in instructing him in the meaning and use of the library lessens the eflSciency of his course. Every new student should be required to take some course in which is given definite practical instruction in the handling of library tools. .... Such a course, more- over, should not only be required, but it should constitute a definite part of the work required for a degree. Webster's Dictionaries No branch of reference work is so important as is a thorough understanding of what can be found in recent dictionaries. They constitute in pith and essence veritable encyclopaedias, and give in addition much information not found in en- cyclopaedias proper. We have become so accustomed to the word "dictionary" that we have lost a realization of its paramount place among reference books. When the characteristic way of entering information is once thoroughly under- stood, the use of a dictionary becomes a revelation and a delight. "Webster's Dictionary" is a title which is probably better known in the coun- try than is that of any other one purely reference book. We have been using different editions of this dictionary for about one hundred years. The first Webster dictionary of any importance was published in 1828. In 1840 the first edition of the famous "Unabridged" appeared. In 1890 the "Unabridged" was thoroughly revised under the title of "International." In 1909 the "Interna- tional" was thoroughly revised under the present title of the "New Interna- tional," v/hich has passed through several editions. It is as important to have the last edition of a dictionary as it is to have the last edition of a telephone directory, or a city directory. The word "Webster" is not sufficient, the exact title must also be considered. A careful study of the New International edition of Webster's dictionary is given on the following pages. Language Changes Language grows and decays just as does everything else connected with life. New v;ords are constantly being born because of new conditions, and old words have pressed out of use, that is have become obsolete. Such words as camouflage and sabotage, for example, are quite recent. We owe a deep debt of gratitude to the scholars who have devoted themselves to the study of how the different languages came into being, and why some have died and why some have so changed that their early forms are no longer used, and how words pass from one language into another, and how different meanings arise for the same word. When we stop to think that the history of each word in the English language is given in our great modern dictionaries, we marvel that we do not so treasure a dictionary that we consider it imperative to understand it clearly, to use it adequately, and to own it. A very scholarly history of the English language is given in the front of Web- ster's New international dictionary. Simply to read over the headings of the paragraphs and sections of this history gives one an enlarged grasp of the stages of growth through which the English language has passed. The paragraph below, which is selected from this history, is taken from an Enghsh work which was written about the year 1300. The English of that time was so different from the present English that we can scarcely read it without a translation. Try to make out what the first line of the old English means before reading the transla- tion given in the paragraph below it, and then compare the other lines of the old Enghsh with the translation. Not only does a complete English dictionary record all words in current use, but it also includes in alphabetical order even such obsolete words as are found in this selection. HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE. From Page ixxv. § 194. From the Chronicle knoxun as Robert of Gloucester's (11. 7,537-7,647). [South- em Dialect, about 1300.] Thus com lo ! Engelond into Normandies bond, and the Normans ne couthe speke tho bote hor owe specbe, and speke French as hii dude atom, and bor children dude also tecbe ; so that heiemen of this lond, that of bor blod come, holdetb alle thulke speche that hii of bom nome; vor bote a man coune Frenss, me teltb of biiu lute ; ac lows men holdetb to Engliss and to bor owe speche jute. Translation. — Thus came, lo ! England into Normandy's hand, and the Normans knew not fiow to speak then but their own speech, and spoke French as they did at-bome, and their children did so teach, so that the bigh-meu of this laud, that of their blood came, bold all the-sarae [tbe-ilk] speecli that they of them took ; for unless [but] a man knows French, men reckon [tell] of him little ; but the low men bold to Euglisb, and lo their own speech yet. Important Abbreviations to be Noted in Connection with Definitions If any definition is not in good current use, an abbreviation follows it, indi- cating why. Such abbreviations as the following should be readily recognized : i?., rare; 055., obsolete; colloq., colloquial, that is, common rather than refined 'English; dial., dialect, that is, a corrupt form of a word differing from the standard or literary form. If a word is used in a technical sense, an abbreviation appears to indicate in what special field the word is so used, as: Med. (medical); Myth. (mythology); Econ. (economic); Her. (heraldry). A list of all abbreviations used in defining words, is given at the front of the dictionary, immediately preceding the first word of the vocabulary. Abbrevia- tions in ordinary use are not there, but are entered in the dictionary in the alpha- betical order of the abbreviation, as a word is entered. Consult the specimen entry on the next page and tell what the following mean: a. abbr. adv. aq. Anat. cap(s). cf. dial. exc. ff. fig. fl. fr. 1. c. Lit. (beginning with a capital) lit. (beginning with a small letter). The Divided Page Page 152 from Webster's New international dictionary, which is reproduced on following pages, is used as a basis for illustrating the characteristic way of entering information. Consult the page and notice that below a horizontal line near the bottom there are six columns, and that above it there are three columns. This divided page gains space, and, by placing words of minor importance below the line, saves the necessity of running the eye over every detailed entry when an important word is desired. When looking for a word, try the upper section first; if it is not there, try the lower section; always on the same page. 4 (-H ? *. H gy •|| III I I 11 .11 ^ 1 £ .3 .2 .5 -"§ a a a § ;,§ S £ t: « 5 2 cii^>>^ gat!" §i2' 3 2° DtS^ -25 I §"§0 fe¥-5-3.S § »i-355 S i:iS g-32 i||t3-S & S-fe ?c!5^|^5s.2- M H H Jl ^fe£«'~£S«SSe5ii5^££*£.25 3 a «^ i|l|liHll!!illll5| fiTilllilJilllli idllll li Hil 00000000 0000 tfiO 00 1 • i^?- -i^c, a^ I. .53 I i So g I S** • ^ 1^ .0 o li?: boC^S'Slo C5^ c;i§^(;^ qci-S •«C)C)C|^^:S(5^ "5 Ci^^S^ •§ ■§•§(=) (. D H « 5 0) j-'^jj g- :e 5* ^.r C « 3 fj -< b~ " " "= rv< 5-2 a c a c ° a =■ o "i-o^V. T* ^*^ " C M-; =s>>> r Illili,! i ffi^tlll ?||| ill iplllil p So s g Jf Jo-^^lls 2 s g II.'- oil t: I s||,^|^g§||l + ^ S ,-s ° a s'" So a o-!«S' a S-U -imSaiS §i^ c s c it's = 5 5 ISO '-g'SSigg-gpSKjS^^ go l^ll| i|l si* ti&'S •S ■= ,; ^ ^f^fc S i a age"-' s>sS cs OS 5 £12S-E OS'S §2 CO '^■^ I'i^^ %dh It-i-^ I g lis ll Ilill5 B| ?: g' -a^ Sl4 53 8-§.. 3 S| 2 ^ ^ S «S 111 ill Details Illustrated by Words Selected from the Sample Page Above the Dividing Line Parts of speech: Consult the word "augur," which comes a little below the middle of the second column of the specimen page, and notice that it is entered three times in black faced type. Each entry begins with a small letter, indicat- ing that augur should not be written with a capital letter in a sentence. What letter signifies that the first "augur" is a noun? What letters, that the second is a transitive verb? What letters, that the third is an intransitive verb? Pronunciation: Under "augur, n." the pronunciation is given by respelling the word in parentheses. Notice that the sound for the first syllable is indicated by placing a circumflex over an "o." Glance down to the bottom of the page and find a word containing an "o" with the same mark above it. The first syllable in augur is therefore pronounced like "o" in what word? Notice that the "u" in the second syllable has a curve over it, that is, it is short, but instead of being a "u" of ordinary type it is italicized. What word at the bottom of the page gives the sound for a short italicized "w"? Derivation: Other items: In brackets, directly following the pronunciation, the derivation (etymology), or language from which augur is derived is given. Names of languages are abbreviated. "L" of course means Latin. The first definition, numbered "1," is followed by "Rom. Relig.," meaning that the def- inition pertains to Roman Religion. When the meanings of such abbreviations are not easily implied, where, in the complete dictionary itself, can they be found? What prominent author has used definition number 2? Is the work in which he used it given? The derivation (etymology) of "augur, v. t." is given because it differs from that of "augur, n." Are the principal parts of the verb given? What authors have used "augur, v. t."? The derivation of "augur, v. i." is not given because it is the same as the augur just preceding it. What abbreviation is used for Shakespeare, as quoted after definition number 1, under "augur, v. i."7 The second meaning of "augur, v. i" should be followed by what prepositions? Notes form a very valuable feature of the dictionary. Synonyms: The abbreviation "Syn." after number 2 of "augur, v. t." calls attention to other words similar in meaning. Give the first synonym suggested for "augur, v. t." At the end of the list of synonyms, what word is referred to for other synonyms? Notice that synonyms are given after the last numbered definition. Give the first synonym mentioned for "augmentation." At the end of the note under synonyms for "august, a.," what word is referred to for other synonyms? The fact that a synonym can be found in the dictionary for every important word in the language having a synonym, should be kept in mind by those who wish to cultivate a choice use of words. Irregular plurals: Any plural which is not formed by adding "s" to the singular is given after the singular of the word. The pronunciation of a plural which cannot be ascertained from the singular is also given. Consult the word "augury" and give the spelling and pronunciation of its plural. Emphasis: After which syllable of the adjective "august" does a heavy accent (') appear, to indicate where the stress of the voice should be placed in the pronunciation of the word? On which syllable should the stress be placed for "August, n."t On which syllable should the stress be placed for ''augment, n."; for "augment, v. t."? On which syllable in "augmentation'^ is the heavy emphasis placed? On which is a slight emphasis placed? Subdivisions of definitions: Definition number 2, under augmentation, has several subdivisions which are lettered. What abbreviation, within brackets after subdivision "f," indicates that when augmentation follows "the," referring to a court, it should begin with a capital letter? Try to give the meaning of the abbreviations following the letters from "a" to "e." If they cannot be recog- nized, where can they be found? Fictitious characters: Names of important fictitious characters, that is characters which are not real persons, are entered in the vocabulary; above the line if important; below, if unimportant. In which one of Shakespeare's plays does the fictitious character of Audrey appear? Look under "Augean" for a reference in Greek mythology. Entries Below the Horizontal Line Obsolete spelling: Below the line, in alphabetical order, the word "aufull" is given, followed by what character or symbol? Tell what this character signifies by consulting the bottom of the page. A different, but obsolete, spelling for "awful" was, therefore, what? Consult "auen" below the line and tell what word was once so spelled. Rare meanings: Read the rare meaning given for "august" below the line. Reformed spelling: Find "augmentativ" below the line and give the abbrevia- tion which is placed after it, but on the line above, because there is not room on the same line. The abbreviation Ref. Sp. indicates that the reformed spelling of augmentative drops the final e. Foreign phrases: Phrases in foreign languages which are frequently quoted are given in the dictionary. Those which are most familiar appear above the line; the others below the line. Find "aufond" below the line and name the lan- guage from which it is taken. Find what the two vertical lines in front of it mean by consulting the bottom of the page. Give the meaning for the following, below the line: Au grand serieux Aufer te malum ex vobis Audit que vocatus Apollo From what author and from which of his works does. the last phrase come? Christian names; plurals; miscellaneous: The meanings of Christian names are frequently given below the line. What does the name "Augusta" mean, literally? Names of minor importance in Scripture, literature or mythology are entered below the line; so also are unimportant abbreviations, many ob- solete words, plurals which are very irregular, as teeth or feet. Order in Which Different Meanings of a Word are Entered Many words in the English language have several distinctly different mean- ings, and are capable of being used as different parts of speech. It is im- portant to realize that the order in which the meanings are entered in Webster's dictionary is historical; that is, the part of speech which was used first is en- tered first, and the several definitions under it are in the order in which the meanings came into use. Selected entries of v/ords from "naiighf to ''nothing" are given to illustrate the many changes of meaning through which a word may pass, and the order in which these meanings are arranged. Does the word "naught" as an adjective or as a noun come first in the dictionary? Therefore, since words are entered in historical order, which part of speech for "naught" came into the language first? Is the pronunciation of "naught" given under both the noun and the adjective? Is the derivation given under each entry? The derivation of a word is not re- peated every time the word is entered, unless the difference in meaning can be traced to different languages: neither is the pronunciation repeated, unless the words as different parts of speech are differently pronounced. It is necessary sometimes to look back to the first entry of a word, if the derivation or the pronunciation is desired. Specimen Entries from Webster's New International Dictionary. naught (n8t), n. [ME. naught, nought, naht, nawiht, AS. ndwihi, nauhi, na/U, nowihl, nold ; ne not + a ever + wiht tliiug, whit ; hence, not ev«r :i whit. See no, adv., whit; cf. aught, not.] 1. Nothing; nought. Doth Job fear God for „uu.,jht r Job i. !). 2. V/ickeduas3 ; wrong; evil ; hence, that which is wrong, wicked, or faulty. OOs. Shak. 3. ThearithmeticalcharacterO;aciplier. SeecrPHEE, n., 1. 4. A wicked or bad person. Obs. or li. to be naught, to go away or be still ; to subside ; — usually in mild imprecations equiv. to " be hanged to you." Ob.i. "Alarry, sir, be better employed and be naught awhile." .Shak. — to call, or speak, all to n., to al)use vigorously. Obs. Bacght, a. 1. Of no account ; worthless ; bad ; useless. It is naught, it is naught, saitli the bujer. Prov. xi. 14. 2. In Obs. senses : a Hence, vile ; base ; naughty, b Hurtful; bad; unfit, c Ruined ; wrecked; lost. Go, get yon to your house ; begone, away I All will be nawsA< else. Shak. nangh'tl-ly (n8'ti-lt), adv. In a naughty manner ; specif. : a Wickedly ; perversely. Obs. Shak. b Poorly ; badly. Obs. Misbehavingly ; as, a child behaves naughtily. naugh'ti-aess, n. Quality or state of being naughty ; specif. : a Wickedness ; depravity ; perverseness. Obs. b Badness ; faultiness. Obs. c Misbehavior ; as, the naughtiness of a child. naugh'ty (no'tl), a. ; nauoh'ti-er T-tY-er) ; natjgh'ti-bst. 1. Having nothing ; destitute. Obs. [Men] that needy be and naujA*!/. Piers Ploumat:, 2. Worthless ; bad ; disagreeable ; unhealthy. Obs. The other basket had very naughty figs. Jei . xxiv. 2. 3. Wicked ; morally bad ; wrong. Archaic or Euphemiitic. So shines a good deed in a naughty world. Ultuk. 4. Mischievous ; wayward ; guUty of disobedience or mis- behavior ; as, a nauyhiy child. Rare, exc. as applied to children, or in sportive censure. 5. Insignilicant. Obs. or R. OxJ. E. D. Syn.— SeeBAD. ; nong!lt(n8t),n. \_A'&.nomht,-^&T.otn&wiht. SeeNAUQHT.^ , 1. Nothing; naught. Archaic. \ 2. Nonexistence ; nonentity ; nothing. Archaic. 3. Arilh. Nothing ; zero ; also, a cipher or zero ; a naught. 4. A worthless or valueless thing or person ; a nothiiig. 5. Worthless or evil behavior or character. Obs. for noaght. = fob nothing b, C, & 3. Obs. or R.— to be n. = ii- anthits chinensis) having variously colored single or double flowers ; — called also Indian pink. — c. ribbon, a very nar- row ribbon, one eighth of an inch wide, used in a kind of embroidery [china-ribbon embroidery), for bookmarks, etc. — C. rose, a Any of numerous garden varieties of rose de- rived from Rosa chinensis ; — called also Bengal rose, b An Asiatic malvaceous shruh (Hibiscus rosa-siiiensis) com- monly cultivated in Oriental gardens for the large white or pink flowers, which contain an astringent juice used as a hair dye, and in Java for blacking shoes, whence it is sometimes called shoeblack plant. — c. shell. = egg shell, mollusk. — 0. shot, Indian shot. — C. silk, pongee or, by ex- Great Auk (Jj). ehlm-pan'zee (chlm-pSn'ze ; chlm'pan-ze'; 277), n. [From the native name : ef . F. ckimpaiixe, chimpanse, chimpan- zee.'] An anthropoid ape (Siviia satyrus, eyn. Anthropo- fln'ger (ftij'ger), n. [AS,, finger; akin to D. ringer, OS. & OB.0r.fing ^1 ^ ^4-1 r o 10 8 c B O o .-g -, Si :: > CD O O c3 s "O fl ^ d i 3 > ^ ■+^ -n o q; ^ SI •r! s; 03 c3 '72 in OI "oj -i^ H 0^' ^ bC 'T3 O :g^ o I-? .^"* 1^ -^ %. -^ Sh 03 H^ .a 'o ^ -." ^ 's3 d ^ o3 o ^S's^ 16 CI 03 O A 2 ^ TJ - d S 'i o -d dl of '^ o _Q ID I ^ n cfi ID C +^ o (D bC o3 P. -^ O S fcp 1=1 Oh 03 t>> CO t>5 o3 o3 03 -d bCr^ ^ 03 O :; ; — I -t^ O - ^. ^ -Li M CO >^ E o3 — ' o ^^ -:: c3 d id .^ o d o d -d tH o a:: > d o o X — 03 - -^^ O ° a d CO 2-5 rH d 2 a o3 ^ o3 '•^ 43 T3 43 d -^^ d a -^ (D bC > d >. '^ 42 CO O tM ■73 ->^ S bC M O — i o O 43 3 1 42 -^ -5 CD 5r, !=! 1^ -d .S 13 ^ ^ S P .4. pensation. J. B. WAhxaa Doe. Holti Svirit p. 117. Is. o. o. 1874.1 6. A member of the ancient Roman senate; as, a con- script father. 6. One who or that which causes or originates anything; an author; founder; as, Homer is the father of epic poetry; the wish is father to tho thought. "The child is father of the Man," Words- WOBTH My Heart Leaps Up 1. 7. 7. A man held in reverence. Specif.: (1) A Roman Catholic priest who Is a member of a religious fraternity; In the United Statea and Ireland, also, a secular priest. (2) A church dignitary; confessor; superior In a monastery. (3) The oldest mem- ber of a class or body; doyen: as, the father of the House. (4) Any aged man, particularly a clergyman: chiefly as a title. ( < AS. feeder.] — adoptive father, one who adopts another's child.— f. confesaor, a priest who confesses a penitent.— P. General, the chief of the Society of Jesus.— f. In God, a bishop, as being divinely appointed.— fa'ttaer* in 'law", n. 1. The father of one's spouse: the correlate of ton'in'law and of aaughteT'iTflaw, %. [CoUoa., Gt. Brlt.l A stepfather.— F. Knickerbocker rHumorous], New York city personified.— f.tlong'Iegs, o. A daddy«long«legs.— F. of Algebra, Francois Vlete (Vleta), the foremost algebraist of the 16th century.— F. of America, Samuel Adams. F. of tbe American Bevolutlont.— F. of AngllnK. Izaak Walton.— F. of Comedy, Aristophanes.— F. of Ec- clesiastical or Church History, Euseblus.— F. of En- glish Learning, Beda: so called by Burke.— F. of English Poetry, Chaucer: so called by Dryden.— P. of English Prose, Roger Ascham.- F. of Epic Poetry, Homer.— F. of German Literature, G. E. Lesslng.-F. of Greek Tragedy, iEachylus.— F. of his Country. 1. Georga Washington. !8. Marcus TulUus Cicero: bestowed upon him by the Roman senate for revealing the conspiracy of Catiline. The title was later given to some of the Cseears, Cosmo de Medici, and certain European princes. 8. An- Orla Dorea (1468-1660): so called on hla statue at Genoa. — F. of hl8 People. 1. Any one of three kings of France. Louis XII., Henry IV., and Louis XVIII. 2. Christian III." of Denmark.- F. of History, Herodotus.— F. of Jests, Joseph MUler.- F. of Letters. 1. Francis I. of France. 2. Lorenzo de Medici.— f. of lies. 1. Satan. 2. Herod- otus.- F. of Medicine. 1. Hippocrates. 2. Aretseoe of Cappadocla (2d and 3a centuries).— P. of Orthodoxy*: Athanaalus.— f. of the chapel, the chairman of a chapel of printers.- F. of the Faithful. 1. The sultan of Turkey., as calif or head of the Mohammedan faith: first applied to Mohammed. 2. Abraham.- F. of Waters, the Mlsala- Blppl river.— f.Kjnellert, ». One who kills his father; a parricide.— f. 'right, o. A system of clan organization In which the child takes the clan-name of the father. Com- pare U0THEE»KiGHT.— f.»rnle, o. Sodol. Patriarchy.— f. sister (Scot.), the sister of one's father.— Fathers of tbe Cbnrcb, the early teachers and defenders of Christianity. They are divided Into the antenicene and the posintcene, aa, living before or after the Council of Nice (A. D. 325) . The antenicene Include, among others, the Apostolic Fatbns. contemporaries of the apostles, and the Apologetic Fathers, who defended Christianity against attacks of Jews and pagans. — Great White F., the President of the United States: so called by the American Indians.— Holy F., the Pope.- Most Keverend F. In God, an archbishop: a title of address.— Copyrighted by Funk and Wagnalls Company, 1913. Because modern dictionaries are packed with encyclopaedic information, they might almost be considered to be the best brief encyclopaedias published, while also fulfilling their functions as dictionaries. 11 Revised Scientific Alphabet for Pronunciation Words are respelled for pronunciation under Key 1 in accord with a plan based on what is called the Revised Scientific Alphabet. A complete explanation of this alphabet, together with its history and the names of the scholars who have spent years of study upon perfecting it, can be found on pages xxiii-xxviii of the preface of this dictionary. The alphabet is called scientific because it indicates a harmony between the vowel sounds in English and corresponding sounds in other languages, and gives only one symbol for each sound. As this plan gives a broad relationship of English to other languages, it is of inestimable value to foreigners, and to students of languages other than English. The plate which is given herewith condenses the symbols for both keys. The keys, as greatly condensed, also appear at the top of facing pages in the vocabulary. Consult the plate for the following explanations: In the second column of the plate, second entry from the top, find ai under Key 1, give the corresponding markings under Key 2, and read the illustrative words which follow. Notice that each one has the vowel sound of ai as in aisle. When this sound is to be indicated in the respelling of a word for pronuncia- tion under Key 1, "ai" appears; under Key 2, long i or long y appears. There- fore, how is pine respelled for pronunciation under Key 1? How, for Key 2? Respell the illustrative words following pine, according to Key 1. Turn back to the specimen page from the dictionary, look under rise and under ripen, and notice how plainly Key 1 and Key 2 indicate exactly the same pronunciation in different ways. As the sound of ai, used for Key 1, is also the sound of ai in Italian, Spanish, Greek, and modified in other languages, a certain relationship for this sound is maintained among languages in the scientific alphabet (Key 1). A very scholarly study of the comparative sounds in different languages is given on pages xxxii-xxxv of the preface. Consult the first column of the plate, under "a", and notice that two shapes are given for it under Key 1 ; written and printed. Notice that the first written "a" mentioned under Key 1 has no mark over it, and that the second hsis a mark of length, a macron. Is the same true of the printed "a"? Find "e" and "i" below the "a", and see if they are marked. When any vowel is unmarked in Key 1, it has its own short name sound; when this name sound is lengthened a mark of length, a macron, is placed over the vowel. The macron is the only mark used in this dictionary. As there are two shapes for "a", there are also two shapes for "o" and for "u". The second shape of "o" has a line through its body, and at first glance somewhat resembles an "e" ; the second shape of ''u" is a capital of the same sized type. Does each of these shapes have one unmarked value and one with a ma- cron over it? Read the illustrative words for each of the four values for "o" and for "u". How is the "o" marked in Key 1, when its sound as in "or" is to be indicated? Give the shape and mark for "u" in burn in Key 1. By introducing two shapes for a, two for o, and two for u, the five vowel ounds in the EngHsh language have been increased to eight. Read the illustrative words for the sound of ''e", under Key 1, when it is unmarked. When the short name sound of "e", as in get, is prolonged, that is really lengthened, it takes the sound of "e" in prey, and the sound is indicated by 12 Plate showing Keys for pronunciation V V o «> B g S> as • •S iM'lill ^ g ^ .g. .2 6 I C ^ -T to •*^ b a s s s a^ s >, Is «sf "H — >» a ri V W C vV T3 to lO •bo . •6 .^-g IF 1 1 1 em S m B «a CO O «r • ( II O e €8 5 9 5:e c g So •- I " . i I* I t ftp! I -" ^2 to a S ^ ? ^ ^ .3 (3 .5 >, 3 •* o * r^T) Mh (1) lO c« )«t O l« M« M O lO « lo 9 lO b 18 placing a macron over the "e". Under Key 1, in the vocabulary, say is re- spelled for pronunciation, se; weigh, as we; play, as pie. Read the words which illustrate the sound indicated by long "e" under Key 1 in the plate, and respell each one as it will be found in the vocabulary under Key 1. What is the first illustrative word given under Key 1 to indicate the sound represented by "i" unmarked? What is the first word given to indicate the sound of "i" marked long? Under Key 1, in the vocabulary, seen is marked stn; fear, fir; niece, nts. Read the words which illustrate the sound indicated by long i, in the plate, and respell each one as it will be found under Key 1 in the vocabulary. Just below the line in the middle of the last column, find the character which indicates the sound of "a" in ask. Directly below this character, another charac- ter is given which indicates an unstressed sound as "a" in sofa. This character resembles an inverted "e", or an "a" without the lower right hand shank and is sometimes called the shankless a. Notice directly below it, that an unstressed sound as of "i" in habit is indicated by omitting the dot from the i. By studying the illustrative words for the diphthongs in the second column, tell how the following are marked in the vocabulary under Key 1 : out; feud; oil. At the bottom of the second column, notice the sound always represented by "s". How is cent respelled under Key 1? Directly above "s" notice how "t" and "h" are joined to represent their sounds in this, and in the next line above note the manner of joining them for their sounds in thin. In the line above thin, notice that when "n" has a left curve below the line that the sound of "ng" is indicated. The sound of "g" and of "k", above, are very simple. At the top of the third column, notice the shape of the z which represents its sound in zest; four lines below, notice its shape to represent its sound in azure. Between these shapes for z, note how "c" and "h" are joined to represent their sounds in chin; how "s" and "h" are joined for their sounds in ship; and that j represents a soft sound as in jet or gist. Work out the respelling for pronunciation under Key 1 of the word riotry, as follows : the sound of i in the first syllable is represented by what diphthong? The unstressed sound of o in the second syllable is represented by an "a", with what part omitted? The unstressed sound of the y, is indicated by omitting what from the regular i? Riotry is the first word on the specimen page from the dictionary; turn to it, and test the markings by examining the respelling for pronunciation under Key 1. Note the delicacy of sound thus gained. By consulting the plate, tell what the words are which are respelled for pronunciation under Key 1 as follows: kl§ pipl pont) £het hit hit kul tak fwrn kwair 6heia I'm parcel jei kosl diloit thau kdki blQ eChar arm u New English Dictionary also called Murray or Oxford Dictionary A specimen entry from Murray's New English dictionary is given on the following page. This is the most exhaustive dictionary ever compiled in any language. It does not contain any encyclopaedic information, biography, geography, abbreviations, phrases or other items which can be found in the Standard and most other modern dictionaries, but is confined to the treatment of words. The work was begun thirty-five years ago, and will be in ten or twelve large volumes when completed. Every word which has ever been a part of the English language is entered. A strict historical order of the different meanings and parts of speech of a word is preserved by dates showing when the word came into the language, and, if it dropped out, when. Quotations are given under each shade of meaning to show how the word was used and spelled by standard authors at the various dates. Some of the quotations from the early English are as difficult to read as though they were written in a foreign language. The specimen entry is taken from the upper half of the page containing definitions numbered 50 to 58 of the word stand; the complete dictionary gives over one hundred definitions, and requires nearly fifteen full pages, thirty times the space taken by the specimen entry. The first quotation on the page, taken from the "Gest of Rohyn Hode,'' illus- trates how the word stand was used and spelled in the year 1500 (or about that date, as indicated by ''a"). This particular definition is in the sense of taking the place of some person or thing, that is to stand in the place of. Notice how Jest of Robin Hood was then spelled. Read the quotation, and tell how the following words were spelled at that time : yeoman; stead; stand; great; need; have. Notice that the word have is spelled with a "u" instead of with a "v." Read the quotation on the second line from the top of the second column, under date of 1625, and notice that both the words have and lived are spelled with a "w" instead of with a "v," and that the word undaunted is spelled with a "v" instead of with a "u." Under definition number 50, date 1525, how is David spelled, and how, journey? Under date 1205 of this definition tell how the following words were then spelled: right; hand; let; stand. What is the last date under number 50? Number 51 is preceded by a dagger which indicates that the definition of stand as there given is no longer used, that is it is obsolete. At about what date did this meaning of stand come into the language? ("c" means circa, about.) At about what date did it die out of the language? The first quotation under number 53, date 1606, is taken from which act, scene, and line of Shakespeare's Antony and Cleopatra? Give the spelling at that date for give, evidence, love. Under 1610 a quotation is given from which act, scene, line of Shakespeare's Tempest? Under 1712 a quotation is given from which number and which paragraph of Addison's Spectator? Notice how differently words were capitalized at that date. In what sense is stand defined under number 58? Subdivision "a" refers to persons and animals; subdivision "b" refers to what? Which use is the earlier? 15 A Specimen Entry from Murray: New English Dictionary (Oxford) !iSa Ipll w lillillfill } _.. p>*>« to^"* § o 5 ca " S ^. :3j::^'2-3^ ,|fj^-a°2'-hich the writer • advice fro?.p Reference Guides That Should be Known and How to Use Them By Florence M. Hopkins Librarian Central High School and Junior College Detroit, Michigan This Pamphlet Pertains to Encyclopaedias TIME REQUIRED Two class periods and Preparation of one lesson THE WILLARD COMPANY 479 SIXTH STREET DETROIT ▼ MICHIGAN Copyright by FLORENCE M. HOPKINS 19 19 Foreword This pamphlet is one of a series on the use of reference books. The complete series constitutes a second edition of "Reference guides that should be known and how to use them," which first appeared in 1916 as a text book for high and normal schools. The revision treats important phases of reference work in separate pamphlets, thus making it possible to grade the work, or to select the pamphlets best fitted to meet individual needs. Generally speaking, any one of the pamphlets can be completed in two class periods plus time for the preparation of one lesson be- tween recitations. The entire course could be completed by advanced students in five or six weeks of one class and study period per day. The work can also be scattered in different years. If one subject per term were given in consecutive order to English classes, in high schools, beginning with the B8 of junior high and ex- tending through the A12 of senior high, the work could be covered in two or three class and study periods per term; or, if familiarity with reference books is desired early in the school course, the most important subjects could be crowded into the early high school grades. The order in which the subjects of the pamph- lets are listed below suggests a logical sequence, whether the work is given slowly or rapidly or to lower or to upper grade students. 1 — Webster's New International Dictionary 2 — New Standard Dictionary 3 — Encyclopaedias 4 — Parts of a book 5 — ^Atlases; city directories; gazetteers 6 — Concordances f 7 — Library classification and card catalogue 8 — Indexes to periodical literature; debates 9 — Year-books 10 — Commercial indexes 11 — Important publications of city, state and federal governments The inclusion of specimen pages from the reference books studied makes it possible for each student to follow all illustrative examples without making a trip to a Ubrary and waiting to have access to the complete reference work. No library will furnish a sufiicient number of copies of expensive reference books to supply large classes adequately for detailed study; neither could a library afford to have pages in expensive reference books as badly worn and marked as they would become if many students were required to consult them for prepared lessons. 1 Experience has- proved tkat' the best results can be obtained if the work is begun iil'*E^^'lkp'fclass'l-feei«ati6ne''by a librarian or a teacher reading the text with the class. If conducted in this way, no previous preparation will be neces- sary, either by the class or by the one who conducts it. As the reading of the text proceeds, it will be seen that important features of the reference books studied are emphasized by referring to the sample pages embodied in the text. With a little class direction of this kind the students can readily see the plan of the text, and can finish any unread pages independently as an assigned lesson for the next recitation. In classes composed of advanced students, or in cases of absence, the entire work could be done independently. The questions on the colored page fastened on the inside of the last cover are designed to emphasize important points and to systematize the work for class records. Blank spaces are left under the questions for the answers. When the questions are assigned as a lesson to be prepared out of class, and the answers are written from memory in the blank spaces during the class recitation following, the points are more thoroughly impressed than they are when the answers are written before coming to class, while having direct access to the text. A key, giving the answer to each question, together with its value on the scale of 100, will be found underneath the question sheet when it is removed. By means of this key, students can correct their own or another's work in a few minutes of class time, in case the librarian or teacher cannot give extra time to do so. Schools which ask a leading reference question in final examinations find that students give more attention to the work and therefore learn to value its importance. The following paragraphs are taken from the Foreword of the First Edition Possibly the best way of presenting the points which it is hoped this series of lessons may emphasize is to quote directly from the preface of a Bulletin on "Library instruction in universities, colleges and normal schools," from the United States Bureau of Education, 1914 — No. 34. Many educators of note, as well as college and university librarians, have emphasized the urgent necessity of instruction and training in "book-using skill." The place of the library in the work of all departments is one of increasing importance. The library is a resource or reservoir from which the student should draw constantly for information and inspiration. Every month of delay in instructing him in the meaning and use of the library lessens the efficiency of his course. Every new student should be required to take some course in which is given definite practical instruction in the handling of library tools Such a course, more- over, should not only be required, but it should constitute a definite part of the work required for a degree. 2 Encyclopaedias The word encyclopaedia comes from the Greek, and means, literally, "educa- tion encircled." The English equivalent of the Greek word for "education" is "paideia." By adding the first three syllables of encyclopaedia, "en" (in) and "cyclo" (circle) to "paideia" (instruction or education) the full significance of the development of the word is easily seen. The word "cyclopaedia," practically a synonym of encyclopaedia, is sometimes used for a work confined to topics relating to some one subject; music, for example. We are so accustomed to encyclopaedias and dictionaries that it is difficult for us to reahze that the great reference books which we now have in this form are the result of years of experience. The last edition of the "Encyclopaedia Britan- nica" has twenty-nine large volumes. The first edition of this work appeared about one hundred and fifty years ago, in three volumes. The three volumes of the first edition were then considered as exhaustive as are now the twenty-nine volumes of the eleventh edition. Alphabetical Order of Articles and Volumes All general encyclopaedias have the one purpose of giving at least some infor- mation on almost every topic. The main topics are usually arranged in alpha- betical order, and are readily found by means of the letters printed on the outside of the volumes. Consult the picture of the "Britannica" which follows, and notice that the lower line of letters on each volume is usually the same as the upper fine on the volume following it. This is not designed, but it cannot be avoided if only three letters are used, as articles are separated with reference to making the vol- umes approximately the same size, and not with reference to the exact alphabet- ical division of topics. Can one tell from the letters whether Charles I of England comes in volume 5 or in volume 6? Give the numbers of the volumes which contain articles on the following: Turkey; Rome; Abraham Lincoln; Africa. The New international encyclopaedia uses as many letters on the outside of the volumes as are necessary to indicate just where in the alphabet the volume begins and ends. Notice in the line below, which represents volumes in the New international encyclopaedia, that more than three letters are used, and that the letters on the bottom line of a volume are not repeated on the top line of the volume following it. Can one tell immediately in which volume of the New international an article on Charles I of England comes? If only three letters, under "Cha," were printed on the back, could one tell the exact volume for Charles I? Vol. I Vol. II Vol. Ill Vol. IV Vol. V Vol. VI Vol. VII A Archai Beed Buck Chaucer Cory Domi Archae Beec Buch Chat Corv Dome Euth An illustration of the eleventh edition of the Encyclopaedia Britannica Notice that the last volume is an index volume. Signed Articles No matter how well educated a person may be, it would be impossible for him to write all of the articles for a good modern encyclopaedia. The general char- acter of the encyclopaedia is under the direction of editors, but the important articles are written by special students of the different subjects. Some of the articles in the best encyclopaedias are so extensive and scholarly that they would make good standard books on the subjects, if they were published in book form. As we are not apt to regard the authors of articles in an encyclopaedia as seriously as we do authors of books, we are in danger of losing a full realization of the fact that the value of encyclopaedias as well as of books is determined largely by their authors. In a book, the author's name appears on the title page; in an encyclo- paedia, the name is usually given at the end of the article, or at the front of the volume in which his contribution appears. In the Encyclopaedia Britannica, the author's initials appear at the end of the article; his full name at the front of the volume: in the New international encyclopaedia the name of the author or editor appears in the Table of contents at the front. When the authors of important articles in encyclopaedias are given at the end of the articles, the encyclopaedia is said to contain "signed articles." Articles of minor importance are not usually written by specialists, and therefore they are not "signed." No encyclopaedia can be of high standing which does not contain a fair percentage of articles which are either written or edited by "signed" authorities. Cross References Many times information on a certain subject is scattered under a number of different articles. For example, the article under "Drama" would necessarily make some mention of the theater; the reverse would also be true. Part of the information would therefore be in the volume containing "Drama," and part in the one containing "Theater." When it is necessary to call the attention of the reader to the fact that further treatment of a subject can be found by crossing over to other articles, some form of a "cross-reference" is used. Details of meth- ods used will be illustrated later. Best Books Listed: Bibliography At the end of articles in the best encyclopaedias, books and pamphlets bearing on the subject are frequently listed in the last paragraph, which is then headed by one of the following words, or its equivalent: Consult; Authorities; References; See; Literature; Bibliography. The last word, "bibhography," comes from the Greek and means "the writing of books." Encyclopaedias Have Individual Characteristics Though all general encyclopedias have many features in common, we need to realize that each one also has individual characteristics. An English encyclo- paedia, for example, would be apt to give fuller and better articles for minor sub- jects relating to England than for those relating to America. It is well to know the plan adopted by different encyclopaedias with regard to such general points as the following: Method of dividing large subjects; Plan of crossing from one reference to another; Probability of long or of concise articles; Likelihood of a scientific or of a popular treatment of the subject; Effect of the date on the article; Class of subjects included or excluded. Important Encyclopaedic Features Illustrated by Specimen Entries Three important modern encyclopaedias have been selected to illustrate general and special encyclopaedic features: Encyclopsedia Britannica New International Encyclopedia Nelson Perpetual Loose-leaf Encyclopedia Encyclopaedia Britannica Index Feature The Encyclopaedia Britannica cannot be used to the best advantage without thoroughly understanding its very exhaustive index. The index is so extensive that it requires all of the last volume to contain it. Every item of any importance whatsoever which has been mentioned anywhere in any of the volumes of the set, is listed in this index in alphabetical order, and is followed by the volume and page which gives information concerning the topic. This encyclopaedia is printed with two columns on a page. An "a" after a page in the index indicates that the information begins in the upper half of the first column of that page; "b" refers to the lower half of the first column; "c" to the upper half of the second column; and "d"^to the lower half of the second column. A specimen entry from the index to the Encyclopaedia Britannica is inserted on the following page. Consult it, and give the volume, page, column and part of the column for the first reference under "Architecture." Give the same for the second and third references mentioned under "Architecture." Notice that after the volumes containing the leading articles have been referred to, the names of the countries and topics, beginning with "Abyssinian," are sub-arranged in alphabetical order. Find "Hittite" remains, and give the volume, page, column and part of column in which the reference concerning them begins. specimen Entry from the Index of the Encyclopaedia Britannica Archibald (the Grim) ; «» Douglas, Archibald Dougiae, earl of. — , Sir Adams G. B-160c — . E. D. : caesium 4-944o kites 18-2S0a. Archibald. La. 17-54 (CI). Arciiibuteo lagopus : set Rough-lcggcd buzzard. Archicamerarius : «fe£rzk&m merer. Archi-cancellarius : see Arch chancellor. Archicardium 16-123di Archicembalo 21-564a ; 6- 469b. Arcliichlamydeae : see Chori peulae. ArchicoeIe23-759b. Arcbidamian War 21-73a. AHCHIDAMUS I. (of Sparta) 2-367a. — II. 2-367a; 21-73b. — III.2-367b: 14-b81a. — IV. 2-367b ; 25-612d. — V.2-367C. Archide3mus8-128b. Archidiaconal court 2-359C. Archidium4-707c. Archidona, Ec. 8-911 (C2) ; 2O-270a. — . Sp. 25-530 (C4) ; popula- tion 17-460b. Archie, Mo. 18-608 (B3). ■ hieitown.Scot.24-412(E2). Archjgallus (priest) 12-402b. ■iting3 28-127a Archigones 'fe-M^t surgical Archigetes 26-408a : 26-408b Archiguiana 28-1007c. ARCHIL 2-387C; 16-583d ; 8 744c. ArchUlion, Ark. 2-552 (F2i. ARCHILOCHUS 2-367d, 24 228b ; elegy 12-609d ; Qyges legend 12-751a ; Homer's influence 13-632b : Horace's dependence 13-688c ; metri- oaf innovaUons 27-1044e, 12-509C, 9-707d, 26-1042b. ARCHIMANDRITE 2-368b. " J* "Chinafede " (submarine) 24- 921b. Archimedean solids 22-28C. — spiral 2S-692b, 6-964d. ARCHIMEDES (mathema- tician) 2-3«8b; conic sec- tions 6-940d ; hydro- mechanic8l4-115a; language 12-499a : line deaned 16- 721a; mechanics 24-399a ; mensuration of cone 6-897b; quadrature of circle 6-384o 26-647C ; Syracuse Archimedes (fossil) 5-311b. " Archimedes " (ship) 24-869d Archimedes, Principle of 14' 117d. ARCHIMEDES. SCREW OF 2 369c ; 7-53a. Archin (measure) 28-491». Archinard. L. 24-642d. Archinephrosl4-255d. Archinne (measure) 28-490a 28-491a. Archinus (author) 18-4Id. Archipalllum 4-407d. ARCHIPELAGO 2-3690. — , The, Asia M. 2-760 (C5 & A3-B4) : aee also Aegean Sea. Archiplata 20-585C. Archipoita: seeGollas.Blshop. Arcbipolypoda 28-1017d. ARCHIPPUS (Athenian poet) 2-369d. — (bibl.) 21-376a. Archipresbytdr 7-896c. Archiprovheta (Grimald) 8- 518c. Archipterygium 14-251d : 14- 2o9d. Archispirostreptus 18-472o. Arcbitarbus2-310b. Architects, Koyal Institute of British 10-43d; 2S-316d. ArchUeclura, De ( Vitruvius) 28- I50d. ARCHITECTURE 2-369d : 4- 762b ; 10-363C ; Abyssinian 12-232a: Coptic 2-391b ; Central American (ancient) S-677d; design 8-95d ; de- velopment in England 9- 621b ; doinestic : see House ; English and French 2-432a ; Greek revival (19th cent.) 2-427 b ; Hittite remains 13- 537c ; Mexican aboriginal ■ liMlngs 5-44lb 26-309a ; terracotta 26-657d : Vitru- vius' Influence £8-150d. Hee Architecture, Chief Orounies of (3hute)2-418b ; 15-115c. Archi t6cture,.College of 7- 1 69a. ArchiUkUmik (Lambert) IS- 866c. Archlteuthls 7-675b ; S-701c; 24-561a. ARCHITRAVE 2-444o ; IS- 431b; Doric 20-177O ; Ionic 20-178C: Koman-Dorlo 20» 179c. ARCHIVE 2-444c: 13-531o. Arcliives Nationales, Paris 2- 415b. Archiv filr pathologiiche Ana- :d Fhysiologie 28- 110a. > oloUoIopico iialiano 2- ARCHIVOLT 2-444C. Archizoea giga.f 26-9063. Arch limb (geol.) 10-598a. Archlute 17-132d ; 2S-1039a, Archodus 14-267c. ARCHON (ancient) 2-444c : 2- 841d ; judicial functions 12 •504a (foil.), 12 -503a; Pericles' measures 21-146a. — (medieval and modern) 12- 464a, 12-464d ; in Sardinia 24-216d. — (Gnosticism) 12-1543. Archonides (of Herbita) 12. 8290 : 25-26C. Archonticll2-155d: 14-865c. Archornithes 20-325b. Arohous, canal, Asia M. : se< Arakhat. ARCHPRIEST2-446ft. Archuleta Co.. Colo. 6-722 (C4) ARCHYTAS 2-446a, 22-699a duplication of cube 7-606d flying inventions l-261d, 3. 48c, 15-8390. Arci, Henry d'2-34a (foil.). Arcia, Braz. 20-759c. Arclcentrou3l4-258b. Arcidael6-122a; 16.120c. Arcifera3-523d; 3.526b ; dis- tribution 3-528C, 28-1013b (legate)25-1052b .-,„,!. 25-530 (D-' , It. 26-242 (F5). Arciniega, Sp. 25-530 (Dl). ARCIS-SUR-AUBE,Fr.2.446c; 10-778 (03) : battle (1814) 19-232 (map). Arc lamp 16-659a ; 16-665c ; enclosed 16-662C ; inverted 16-6650. Arco. Ida. 14-276 (04). — , Minn. 18-550 (A6). — . Sp. 25-530 (B3). — del Diablo, mt., N.Mex. 19- 520 (C5). Areola, Con. 24-225 (B3). —, 111. 14-304 (D4). — , Ind. 14-422 (G2). ARCOLA. It. 2-446c; battle (1796) Il-I92d, 11-190 (map). — . La. 17-54 (b5). —.Miss. 18-600 (B2). Arcomya 16-124b. Arcomyidae 16-124b. Arcon, Jean Claude d' ll-942b. Arcona, fortress, Ger. l-74a; 21-903a; 23-822C. — , cape, Ger. 11-808 (PI). " Arcona " (cruiser) 24 gild. Arconaia 16-123b. Arconce, riv., Fr. 24-199b. Arcos, Alonzo de 11-94 lb. — , Rodrigue. Ponce de Lfton, duked'19-185a; 17-835b. Arcos, pt., Azores 3-83 (II.). ARCOS DE LA FRONTERA, Sp. 2-446d ; 25-530 (C4). ARCOSOLIUM2-446d ;S-492c. ARCOT, India 2-448d; 14-382 (H13): Clive'3defence(1851) 6-532(1. 14-407C, 10-724a. — , kingdom, India : see Car- natic. — , north, diet., India 2-447a. 14-382 (H13); 14-863d. — , south, dist., India 2-447 b ; 14-382 (H13) ; 14-853d. Arc sight 2S-63b. Arctic. R.I. 23-249 (B-C2). ARCTIC, region 2-447c; 21- 938d : climate 21 - 955a ; explorations 11-629C, 21- 93Sd ; flora and fauna 21- 956c, 11-649C, l-753a; geo- logy 21-954c: hydrographic basin 2-735d ; Ordovician 20-2360 (map) ; peoples 21- 956d ; shore fishes l4-2G8d ; steamer communication 27. 552c. •• Arctic •' (liner) 24-886a. Arctic Alpine flora 21.780a. — fox 10.769d; S-371d; fur 11.349d. 11.348b, ll-356b, 11.355d. Green. 12-543 (02). — Ocean 21-938 (A-Bl) ; 21- 957b; 19-974a; 19-973c ; circulation 21-958b ; drain- age basin ll-634c ; flora and fauna 21.960a ; navigation 25-12d ; Pleistocene 21- 836c ; shore-fishos 14-268d ; temperature and salinity 21- 958d; whale-fishery 28-572b. Arctic oil : »ee Shark liver oil. — raspberry 28-907a. Arctic Red, riv.. Can. 5-160 (02); 17-254d. Arctic right-whale : tee Green- land right-whale. — sea-cow : see Rhytlnai — sperm oil 20.Slb. — ■ tern 26-646b. — willow 21-7 80b ; 19.833b. Arctlctis binturong : tee Bin- Homer's influeuoo 13.62rc, 13.6320. ArcUum : see Burdock. Arctocebus calabarensis-: «ee Awantibo. Arctocephalus antaretioa - f orsteri : see Australian sea- bear. - gazella : see Otarla ^azella. Arctocyon 7.409b. Woodchuck — bobac ; see Bobac. — caudata : s€e Red marmot. — marmotta : see Alpine mar - alp in — uva-ursi : see Bearberry. Arcto-Tertiary flora 21-779c. Arctotherium 20-900a; S 376b. Arctowski (explorer) 21.965d. type2S-788b. trum 21.717 (Plate). — minor ; see Bootes. Arcualia 14.258b (flg.). Arcuated style 27.115b; In India 14.432c ; Roman 20. 181b. Arcuate ligaments 8.166c. ARCUEIL,Fr.2.447d; 10.778 (C6). — Cachan, Fr. : see Arcueil. Arcueil, Society of 3.812c. ARCULF 2.443a; pilgrimage Arena Juliani. Arcum.Stellae : see Sagittarius. Arcuothrii 23.2 I8c. Arcus. Ala, 1-460 (C4). Arcos Juliani, aqueduct, Fr. 2..447d. Arcus senilis 10.96c. Aro welding 28.501c. Arcy, Chevalier d" 3.277d. Arcyria 19.108d ; 19.l08d (flg.). Arcyniaceae 19-1053. Ard, bay. Ire. 14.744 (B3). — , lake, Scot. 24-418 (C2) ; 1- 52d. Arda, riv., Turk. 27-420 (E2) ; 4-773 (C3) ; 4-773d. — (Hadra), riv.. It. 15.26 (B2). Ardabda, Russ. : see Theo- Ard a'BhoraiD, cape, Scot. 24- 412 (A2). Ardabil, Pers. : See Ardebil. Ardagan, Russ.As. : see Arda- han. Ardagh, Mal.-Gen. Sir John C. 2-3280 ; 6-158C. Ardagh, Ire. 14-744 (D3) ; 14- 774b. Ardagh cup 10-344a ; 21.796d ; patioa 23.931a. 17*83. 3. 791c. Ardakan, Pefa. 21.188 (B2) ; Ardara, Ire. 14.744 Aidaric (of Gepldae) 13.9333. Ardashad, Arm. : see Artaiata. Ardashes : see Artaiias. ARDASHIR (ArUxerxes) I. 2- 448b; 2l.219b; 21.321d; fire temple 10.425b ; Hormui foundation 13.694a ; Karun Zend Avesta collected 968d. — II. 2-448d; 21.22 Id; 21- ■222d. — in. 2.449a; 21-222b. Ardashir-Khun, Pers. : see Fir- uzabad. Ardatov, Russ. (Nbhniy-Nov- gorod)23-872(F4); geology 11-431 Ardbeg, pt.. Scot. 23.753b. Ardbrecknish. Soot. 24.418 Ardclach, Scot. 24.412 (E2) ; geology 19.1S5b; popula- tion 19.155c. Ard-comarba (Irish cUurcli) : see Coarb. Ardconnel. Scot. 24.418 (A2). — , castle, Scot. 24.418 (A2). Ardderyd. Cumb. : battle of (573) 7.626a. ARDEA, It. 2-449a ; 1S.4 (D4); 15.26 (B6); ethnology 15- 26b; wall-paintings 23- 48Ia. Ardea(zool.)13-386d; 13.388b. — (agami) : see Heron agaml. — (alba) : see Great egret. — (bubulcus) : see Butl-backed heron — (can3i3i3sima) : sec White — (cinerea) : rre Heron, com mon. — (egretta) ; see Egret. — (garzetta) : see Little egret. — (helias) ' " — (virescens) : see Green Ardeae3-977b: 3.9653; Bra Ardeal, state. Hung. : see Tran sylvania. Ardeates, people 15.26b : see also Ardea, It. Ardeatina, fort, It. 15.4 (E-F2). — , Via, It. 2.449a. Ardeatini ; see Ardeates. Ardeatinom foedus (444 B.C.) 491a ARDEBIL (Ardafeil), Pers. 2. 449b; 21.188 (Al); holy carpet S-396 (Plate). — , dist., Pers. 2-449b. ARDfcCHE, dept., Fr. 2-449c ; 10-778 (G5). — , riv., Fr. 10.778 (G5) ; 23. 272b. ARDEE, Ire. 2.450a ; 14.744 (E3). Ardeidae : see Heron. Ardelan, dist., Pers. 21-188 /A2) ; 1S-951C. — , tribe 1S.949C. Ard el Bathaniyeh, dist., Syr. : Robert — . William, 2nd baron Alvan- ley : see Alvanley. Arden, Ark. 2-552 (A4). —.Can. 20-114 (El). — , Colo. 6-722 (H3). — , N.O. 19-772 (B4). — , Scot., gcologj- 23.99a. — , Wash. 28.354 (O-Hl). — . W.Va. 28-560 (D2). Ardencaple, Inlet, Oreen. 12« 543(02). ARDEN, FOREST OF, dist., Warwick 2-450b. ARDENNES, dept.. Ft. 2-4503; 10-778 (02) ) champagne 28- 723c; geology 10-778b; iiF- 3astnal population 10-7 83c : Walloons 28-286a. ARDENNES, 3ist., Belg. 2- 450b; 3-668 (E4-H2): geo- logy 3-669b, 6-881), 20-237a, 8-125a, 5-583 ; Henaa3 de Montauban 23-96c. —.canal, Fr. 10-778 (G2) ; 10- Ar3ennes Abbey, Calvados, Fr. 12-351b. Ardenno It. 26-242 (H4). Ardensul.Philip Rovenlus van: Ardent, Raoul i-505d. Ardent (in shipbuilding) 24> (B2). Ardenza, It. 16-377d. Ardeonaig, Scot. 24-413 (CI) : 22-731b. Arderne, James 16-556b. — , Dr John 12-724e. Ardes, Fr. 10-778 (F5). Arde3lrCur6etioeo;reeroxehal Ardettus. bill, Gr. 2-832 (map); dewan, dese; Hamdamao. — , pass, Afg. 13.332a ; 13- 330c. Ardez, Switi. 28-242 (13). Ardfert, Ire. 14-744 (B4) ; 27- 159a. Ardflnnan, Ire. 14-744 (D4) ; castle 4-9173. 744 (F2). Ar3glen. N.S.W. 19-538 (F2). Ardgour, Scot. 24-412 (C3). — , dist., Scot. 24-412 (C3). Ihi (language) ■4883; 13-478 Ardha-narisa (myth.) 13-51IC. Ardhe. riv., Fr.Cong. : see Gribingi. iv., Sp. 25-530 (B3) ; 24-l004a Ardisia S-173C ; 17-282o ; IS' 287d. Ardistama 13-5353. Ardistan, Pers. 21-188 (B2) ; population 21-194b ; tele- graph 21-195d. — , dist^ Pers. 14-867d. ARDITI, LUIGI2-451b. Ardivachar. pt., Scot. 24-412 (A2). Ardizio, hill. It. 21-2810. Ardlamont, bay, Scot. 24-418 (A3). — , pt., Scot. 24-418 (A3). Ardle, riv.. Scot. 24-412 (E3). Ardleigh, Ess. 9.424 (IV. D3). Ardler. Scot. 24.418 (El). Ardlui, Scot. 24.418 (B2) ; geo- logy 8.660c. Ardlussa, Scot. 24.4)2 (C3). Ardmeanach. dist., Scot. : see Black Isle. Ardmillan, Ire. 14-744 (F2) , 8- 458a. Ardmillan group 20-236b ; 6* 300b. Ardminish. Scot. 24-412 (04). Ar3more, Ire. 14.744(D5) ; 28- 369c. — , Mo. 18-608 (D2). ARDMORE. Okla. 2-451b ; 20- 58 (D3). — , S.Dak. 25-506 (B4). — , bay. Ire. 14-744 (D5). —,pt.. Ire. 14-744 (F4). — ,nt., Scot. (Islay) 24-41: ((54). — ,nt., Scot. (Skye) 24-412 (B2). Ardmucknish, bay, Scot. : see Nell, lake. Ardnacross. bay, Scot. 24-412 (C4). Ardnadam, Scot. 24-413 (A-B3). Ardnamurchan, dist., Scot. 24- 412 (B-C3); 19-I57b; 2- 486b ; geology 2-487a. — , pt., Scot. 24-412 (B3) ; 2- 486b. — , sound, Scot. 2S-246d. Ardo. riv.. It. 3-7 10c. Ardobrica, Sp, 7-208d. Ardoch, N.Dak. 19-780 (GI). —.Scot. 4-584 (Bl); 24-418 (U2) ; Agricola's victory (84) The volume which follows the first reference given under any subject in the index always refers to the main article on that subject. Main articles can be found more readily by means of the letters on the backs of the volumes than by means of the index, but information which is scattered under a number of dif- ferent headings, or which is too minor to have a separate heading of its own, can best be found through the index. Turn back to the picture of the complete set of the Britannica and, by means of the letters on the outside of the volumes, give the number of the volume containing the main article on "Archimedes." Turn to the index, under "Archimedes" in heavy type, (do not confuse it with "Archimedes, Screw of") and notice that the first volume mentioned in the index is the same as the volume found by means of the letters. Under "Archi- medes" in the index give the volume, page, column and part of column for men- tion of his interest in "language." Give also the reference for his connection with the "Siege of Syracuse," Places on Maps Indexed Not only does this index refer to all scattered information on any topic, but, in addition, it indexes all places on all maps in the entire set, thus constituting an excellent atlas index also. Consult the map of Rhode Island, which follows, and try to realize what a task it has been to write every place in it on a separate piece of paper, preparatory to making an index. Every place in every map in each of the twenty-eight volumes has been indexed by a similar method. Find Waterman on the map of Rhode Island by looking for it near the point where an imaginary line, drawn from B at the top of the map to B at the bottom of the map, would intersect an imaginary line drawn from 1 at the right-hand margin to 1 at the left-hand margin. By a similar method, find: Tiverton, D-2; Rumford, C-1 ; School House Pond, B-3. Turn to the specimen page of the index, find "Arctic" in very fine type just below the words "Arc sight" and just above the word "Arctic" (in heavy type), give the reference for finding it in Rhode Island, and trace it on the map. By consulting the index, give the volume, page and map reference for finding each of the following: Archie, Mo.; Archibald, La.; Archillion, Ark. specimen Entry of Map from the Encyclopaedia Britannica RHODE ISLAND Scale, 1:640,000 _ English Miles 1 4 6 8 10 12 14 County Seats "ounty Boundaries . Railways...^ 1^°4S' g Longitude West 71° JO of Greenwich Q Emcr New International Encyclopaedia Entries Under Buffalo Consult the sample page from the New international encyclopaedia which follows, and notice that the word Buffalo appears at the top of the first column, and Buffington at the top of the second. Any entries which come alphabetically between these words will be found on this page. Guide words in reference books save the necessity of scanning the whole page. Give the number of times that the word "Buffalo" and its combinations appear. Are the words following Buffalo in sub-alphabetical order? What "cross reference" is given under Buffalo Moth? What, under Buffalo nut? What, at the end of the article, under Buffalo fish? Under Buffalo Bird two references are given; after number 1, (Oxpecker) what abbreviation appears? This abbreviation comes from the Latin words "quod vide," meaning literally, "which see;" that is, under "Oxpecker," more information will be found. This abbreviation of "q. v." is frequently used in reference books, and should be readily recognized. The end of the article on Buffalo City, New York, comes at the top of the first column. Five hues from the top of the page, just above the word "Consult," a reference is made to what other articles in the encyclopaedia on Buffalo, N. Y.? The references following the word "Consult" refer to books which give much more complete information about Buffalo, New York, than does any article in the encyclopaedia. What is the first book mentioned? Give the title and date of the history of Buffalo by Powell. At the end of the article "Buffalo Gnat," under "Consult," notice that abbreviations are used for the first reference. These abbreviations refer to a Bulletin in the Division of Entomology of the United States Department of Agriculture. What is the number of this Bulletin? What is the second reference? The first entry in heavy type of the word "Buffalo" refers to a small town situated in what western state? This town could be located on the map near the intersections of imaginary lines from what letter and number on the map in the volume containing what state? What was the population of this town in 1910? The full article on Buffalo, New York, or on any other large city, is separated into sub-topics, such as: Description Government Institutions History Commerce and industry Map of city It is advisable to glance over the sub-topics of any long encyclopaedia article before beginning to read it, as one can thus often find the special information desired very readily. Pronunciation of Proper Names: Dates Give the dates of the life of Louis Joseph Buffet. Should the last letter of his name be pronounced? Where was Adelbert Buffington born? Was he living when this encyclopaedia was published? 10 specimen Entry from the New International Encyclopaedia BUFFALO 1 51) 1SS2. In 1901 (May i to November 1) the rail-American Exposition was held at Buffalo. At this exhibition occurred the assassination of President McKinley, on Friday, Sept. 6, 1901, See Pan-American Exposition. Consult: Smith, History of the City of Buf- falo and Erie County ( Syracuse, 1884 ) ; Ketchum, An Authentic and Comprehensive History of Buf- falo (Buffalo, 1864-65) ; Powell, Historic Towns of the Middle States (New York, 1899) ; Sever- ance, Picture Book of Earlier Buffalo (Buffalo, 1913). BUFFALO. A town and the county seat of Johnson Co., Wyo., 32 miles (direct) southeast of Sheridan (Map: Wyoming, El). The people are engaged principally in agriculture and stock raising. Buffalo is tlie seat of a State Soldiers' and Sailors' Home and has a Carnegie library, courthouse, and county high school, and owns its water works and sewer system. Pop., 1890, 1087; 1900, 710; 1910, 1368. BUFFALO BEBRY (Shepherdia argentea) . While familiar to horticulturists for many years, the buffalo berry has but recently taken rank as a fruit plant. It is a native of the cold, dry northwestern part of North America, where it has acliieved its greatest success under culti- vation. The buffalo berry is a shrub with small silvery leaves, short thorny spines or branches, upon which the fruits, of about the size of a common currant, are borne. The plant is dioe- cious, consequently both male and female forms must be planted in order to insure fruit produc- tion. The two forms are easily recognized by the form and distribution of the winter buds; the staminate or male plant bears small rounded buds in dense clusters scattered all along the spurs; the pistillate, or female plant, bears fewer and more elongated buds, usually in pairs along the sides of the spurs. The fruits are either red or yellow, are used for jellies, and often serve instead of currants for this purpose. There are no cultivated varieties on the market. The plant is valuable as an ornamental shrub. See El^agnus. BUFFALO BILL. See Cody, William F. BUFFALO BIRD. A bird closely associated with wild oxen or buffaloes, picking the para- sites from their hides to eat, and warning the animal of possible danger by the expression of its own alarm. 1, An oxpecker (q.v.). 2. A tick bird. See Tick. BUFFALO FISH. One of several suckers (Catastomidae) of the Mississippi valley, com- prised in the genus Bubalichthys or Ictiobus, and bo called because of the humped outline of the back, the large head, and dark colors. The red- mouthed buffalo fish (Ictiobus cyprinella) is brownish olive and reaches a length of nearly 3 feet and a weight of 20 to 30 pounds. The big-mouthed one (Ictiobus urus) is also large and very dark, with all the fins black ; while the small-mouthed (Ictiobus bubalus altus) is paler and more southerly in its habitat. The flesh is poor. For illustration see Plate of Suckers. See also Fisiieeies. BUFFALO GNAT. A gnat of the genus Simulium, closely related, and similar to the northern black fly ( q.v. ) , which swarms in the valleys of the Mississippi and Missouri rivers. "They rival the mosquito in their bloodthirsty tendencies," says Howard, "and not only do they attack human beings, but poultry and domestic animals are frequently killed by them. . . ." In certain seasons they multiply enormously, alight 17 BUFFINGTON on cattle (as formerly they did on the bison), and produce death through their poisonous bites as well as from loss of blood. Unlike mosqui- toes, tliey fly and bite in the daytime and are often seen in large numbers flying in bright sun- shine. The larvEB are aquatic, and unlike mos- quitoes again, the larvae of which live in stag- nant water, Si^nuliuin larvae frequent well- aiirated and frequently swiftly running streams. Consult: Bui. 5, Div. Entoni., U. S. Dept. Agri- culture; Osborn, "Insects Affecting Domestic Animals," Dcpt. Agric. (Washington, 18!)0). BUFFALO GRASS, or BucHLOii (Buchloe or Bulhilis, dactyloides) . A common grass of the western United States, ranging from Mani- toba to Texas, where it is one of the best pas- ture grasses. It is a low, spreading grass seldom more than 6 inches in height. It spreads rapidly by runners, soon forming a dense sod. The grass is dioecious, the male flowers conspicuous, while the female flowers, which occur on a different plant, are easily overlooked. It is readily propa- gated by seed or sod and is improved by cultiva- tion. Sod transplanted from the plains to Wash- ington, D. C, quickly covered the ground and is perfectly adapted to its surroundings. It turns brown after frost, but during the summer pre- sents a dense growth of fine herbage. It is ap- parently very nutritious and is relished by all kinds of stock. BUFFALO MOTH. See Carpet Beetle. BUFFALO NUT. See Trapa. BUFFER (OE. buffe, slap, blow), Buffing Apparatus. An arrangement projecting from the frame of a railway car to prevent injury from violent contact or collision, or to deaden the effect of the concussions caused when the velocity of a part of the train is checked or when the engine is starting the train. Buffers are used on passenger cars in America and con- sist of three parts — the head, the bar, and the stem. The stem passes through the spring and buffer-spring beam; the shoulder formed by the junction of the stem with the bar bears directly, or by means of a plate, against the spring, which is usually of the volute or spiral type. ' This buffer is placed at the centre of each end of the car. In English railway practice two buffers are used at each end of the car, one at each side of the centre. The general construction is much the same as that described above, except that flat springs, somewhat like a carriage spring, are employed. BUFFET, bn'ik\ Louis Joseph (1818-98). A French politician. He was born at Mirecourt, Vosges, and in 1848 entered the Chamber of Deputies. Under the presidency of Louis Napo- leon he held the portfolio of Commerce and Agri- culture. He afterward became leader of a "Tiers Parti," which tried to reconcile liberal reforms with loyalty to the government, and in January, 1870, joined M. Emile Ollivier's cabinet as Fi- nance Minister, but resigned in April. He was elected to the National Assembly (1871), of which he became president in 1872, and formed a cabinet in 1875, taking the portfolio of the Interior. In this latter office, however, he made himself obnoxious to the Republican party, and when, in 1876, he failed to secure a reelection to the Assembly, he resigned. During the same year (1876) the Senate elected him a life member. BUF'FINGTON, Adelbert Rinaldo (1837- ) . An American soldier. He was born at Wheeling, W. Va., and graduated at West Point in 1861. He was brevetted major in 1865, and was commander successively of the United States New International Year-book The New international encyclopaedia publishes a separate volume for current history each year. The topics are arranged in alphabetical order, and constitute an exceedingly valuable encyclopaedia for the events of one year only. The volumes are bound to correspond with the volumes of the regular set. Nelson's Perpetual Loose-leaf Encyclopaedia An ingenious loose-leaf plan for an encyclopaedia has been devised by Nelson and Company of New York, and published under the title: "Nelson's Perpetual Loose-leaf encyclopaedia." The volumes in this set are not bound in the usual way; the loose leaves are held in place by an adjustable fastening device con- taining prongs which are run through holes punched in the pages for the purpose. The loose-leaf feature makes it possible to insert pages giving recent information in alphabetical order. New leaves containing current subjects are issued every six months, thus keeping the encyclopaedia up to date. This is the only encyclopaedia which can be kept up to date without issuing "year-books." Sub- scribers to this encyclopaedia are given the benefit of an "Information bureau." This bureau answers individual requests for information, and sends the answers in typewritten form on sheets which can be bound in the regular volumes. Nelson's Perpetual Loose-leaf Encyclopaedia The publishers of Nelson's Loose-leaf encyclopaedia have kindly prepared the following "composite" page showing subdivisions under their article on Japan. The full article on Japan in this encyclopaedia requires over twenty pages. Just a few Unes under each sub-topic are given on this composite page. Glance over the headings of the topics, in the order given; most encyclopaedias treat topics under countries in a similar order. Does the sub-topic which treats of the history of a country come near the beginning or near the end of the article on that country? What sub-topic follows "history" on the specimen page? Notice that this topic gives a list of books. Name a good history of Japan. 12 specimen Composite Page Entry taken from Article Japan in Nelson's Perpetual Loose -leaf Encyclopaedia Japan Japanese Art Japan, ja-pan' (called by its in- habitants Nippon or Nihon — i. e., 'sun origin' or 'eastern land'), an empire in Asia consist- ing of a long chain of 4,000 isl- ands which extend from 51° to 22° N. lat., and from 119° to 156° E. long., with a total length of about 2,400 miles. Beginning at the north, the empire comprises the volcanic Kuriles, or Chishima which approach close to Kam Topography. — Japan is a very mountainous country, the only considerable plain being that of Tokyo. Honshu is traversed from end to end by many broken ranges with numerous branches. In the northeast the highest sum- mits are mostly vol Climate and Soil. — The north- ern parts of the empire are pro- portionally much colder than places in the same latitude in Europe and America. In Tokyo, the mean temperature for twenty years ranged Flora and Fauna. — With its wide range of climate and its lofty mountains, Japan has a great variety of vegetation. Sav- atier, in his Enumeratio, names 2.750 species. The shrubs are mostly evergreen, comprising many with beautiful flowers. There are also numerous ever- green oaks, laurels, and conifers. On the higher grounds are found more deciduous trees, as the elm, beech, walnut, birch, and chest- nut. Bamboo clumps, low palms, and cycads in the lower grounds Forestry. — As the result of its unusually humid climate, Japan possesses a very large area of forest land. The types of forest growth correspond to those found in the Atlantic States, including sixty species of conifers and pines, and oak, beech, maple, birch, and other deciduous trees; toward the south, especially in Formosa, are camphor, bamboo, and cinnamon trees. The long- continued use of wood as fuel for the manufacture of ceramics, and the wholesale destruction of wooden houses by fire, however. Fisheries. — The fishing indus- try stands high in importance, based upon natural advantages equalled only on the Atlantic sea- board of the United States. The Japanese, as an island people, early adopted a seafaring life; and at least 500 years ago fishing settlements were made on the island of Yesso, attracted by the cod, herring, sar Mining. — Japan is only mod- erately rich in mineral wealth. Great progress has been made during the last thirty years in mining, foreign methods and machinery having been freely in- troduced and foreign engineers employed. The mines. Agriculture. — Sixty per cent, of the people are agriculturists. As shown in accompanying table. Acreage. Production- Rice 7,507,705 $10,045,426 Barley 1,495,253 1,958,141 Rye 1,700,148 1,580,022 Wheat 1,240,830 - 1.035,900 Soybean 1,223,390 738,638 Sweet potatoes 734.608 •8,318,820,506 Potatoes 172.300 *1,510,596,902 Sugarcane 53,143 •1,895,313,903 Tobacco leaf . . 69,393 •74,073,464 Tea 74,843 •72,594,606 Hemp 29,213 •21,106,347 Leaf indigo . . . 12,655 •20,391,025 * Pounds Manufactures in Japan are sharply divided into the old his- toric industries and those intro- duced since the revolution of 1868. The former industries, originating in China, were im- proved by the Japanese through long and Commerce. — The situation of Japan is most favorable to for- eign commerce, its island char- acter, limited area of tillable land, and proximity to countries rich in natural resources suggest- ing a compcu^ison with Great Britain. The growth of Japan's com- merce, owing to her pec Shipping. — From the closing of the ports to foreign commerce in 1638 until their reopening in 1869, Japanese shipping was at a low ebb, and the size of ves- sels was limited by law. As late as 1892, 77 per cent, of the ships visiting Japanese ports were for- eign, but since that time shipping has developed greatly. In 1913 Japan owned 2,072 registered steamers, with a gross tonnage of 1,513,941, and 7,343 sailing ves- sels, with a gross tonnage of 487,- 347. This result has been accom- plished largely by the granting of subsidies to steam Transportation and Commu- nication. — The large number of ports in Japan, the rough con- figuration of the country, and the short distances from inland to sea coast districts have encour- aged water transportation. Or- dinary roads, though greatly im- proved, and now for the most part macadamized, stiU leave much to be desired. Railroads. — The first railway in Japan was between Tokyo and Yokohama, 18 miles in length, and was opened in 1872. In 1906 the government acquired most of the railways of the count Population. — The first reliable census of Japan, taken in 1872, showed a population of 33,110,- 825; the census of 1898 re- turned a total of 43,763,153 in- habitants; that of 1908, 49,588,- 804 inhabitants in Japan Proper, and 65,682,247 in the Empire. The population of Japan Proper was then divided as follows: roy- al family, 67; nobles, 5,642; knights, 2,218,623; common peo- ple, 47,382,262. In 1914 the pop- 13 Religions. — Shinto, the indig- enous religion of Japan, is in the main a nature worship. The gods are innumerable, the chief among them being the sun god- dess, from whom the Mikados are supposed to be de Army and Navy. In 1884 the Army was organized on the best European models; and its present high efficiency was demonstrated in the wars with China (1894-95) and with Russia (1904-05). All able-bodied males between the ages of 17 and 40, with the excep- tion of students in foreign coun- tries, elementary school teachers, Cooernment — After the revo- lution of 1868 (see History), in which the Shogunate was abol- ished and the actual sovereignty returned to the Emperor, many reforms were effected, the general result of which was to substitute a constitutional monarchy for the former autocracy. Finance. — The budget esti- mates for the year ending March 31, 1914, placed the total ordi- nary revenue at $264,878,000, and the extraordinary revenue at $28,526,000; the ordinary ex- penditures at $211,009,000, and the extraordinary expenditures at $82,395,000. The History. — Early Period. — Modern Japanese historians be- gin with the Mikado Jimmu, who is stated to have ascended tha throne in 660 B.C. But the more trustworthy contemporary rec- ords of China and Korea show that for more than a thousand years after the supposed date of Jimmu's reign, nothing existed in Japan which deserves the name of history. About the date of the Christian epoch, Chinese travel- lers found a monarch established in Yamato, who ruled over a large part of the present Japan. For Bibliography. — General His- tory. — The history by Dr. Mur- ray in the 'Story of the Nations Series' is the best; but it is un- critical, especially in the earlier part. A History of the Empire of Japan was compiled by various Japanese authors for the Chicago Exhibition. Griffis' The Mikado's Japan — Archaeology. The archaeological remains of the Jap- anese race date from a few cen- turies before the Christian epoch. The most remarkable are the Japan — Language and Litera- ture. The Japanese language belongs structurally, like Korean and Manchurian, to the Altaic family, and like other Altaic lan- guages delights Japanese Art. In the Me- ckanical Arts the Japanese have attained to great excellence, espe- cially in the branch of metallur- gy, and in the manufacture of porcelain, lacquer ware, and silk fabrics; indeed so exquisite in design and execution The paragraph headed "Flora and Fauna" pertains to the vegetation and the animal life native to Japan. In many encyclopaedias "Flora" forms one topic, and "Fauna" a separate topic. What is characteristic of the shrubs of Japan? Find the sub-topic "Population" and give the census of Japan in 1872. Under the topic "Religions," find the name of the native religion of Japan. Near the bottom of the second column, find the word "railroads," in italics, and tell under what subdivision it falls. When was the first railroad established, and how long was it? W^hat word heads the first sub-topic, near the top of column one? Notice that this topic gives the general character of the surface of the land in Japan. What word, therefore, is used in encyclopaedias for the heading of sub-topics giving corresponding information under any country? An Encyclopaedia for Young People A good brief encyclopaedia for young people is the New StudenCs Reference Work, in 5 Volumes The articles are written in simple language and are especially designed to meet the needs of young students from the grammar grades through the high school. It is published by Compton Co., Chicago. Young people are very fond of a kind of "Children's Encyclopaedia" entitled: Book of Knowledge The articles in this set are attractively written, and are designed more to interest girls and boys in important subjects than to give information upon them in encyclopaedic form. The set is pubHshed by The Grolier Society, New York. This same firm also publish a Book of History which is correspondingly designed and arranged. Both sets are well indexed and illustrated. Fictitious Characters and Titles of Standard Works of Literature The New international encyclopaedia enters important fictitious characters, and titles of standard works of literature in alphabetical order. The Encyclopaedia Britannica does not enter characters in fiction; titles of standard works of literature can often be traced through the index. The Nelson Loose-leaf encyclopaedia does not enter characters in fiction, neither does it enter titles to standard works of literature. Though some encyclopaedias exclude characters in fiction, most encyclopaedias include characters in mythology and legend. 14 Encyclopaedic Information in Modem Dictionaries Recent editions of the Standard, Webster, and Century dictionaries give so much information of an encyclopaedic nature, and in such an exceedingly con- densed form, that they constitute what might be called the most valuable brief ency clop sedias published. Information of this character is given in dictionaries after the last numbered definition of the word. The Century dictionary issues a separate volume for proper names. These dictionaries are also most excellent for fictitious characters. Titles of standard works of literature are not exten- sively included in the Standard or Webster dictionaries. The separate volume of proper names for the Century dictionary is excellent for any important proper name. Important Subjects Iiave Special Encyclopaedias and Dictionaries The arrangement of reference material in encyclopaedic form has developed marvelously during recent years. One general encyclopaedia is no longer suf- ficient, even for a small library, but it is practically a necessity for a library to contain special encyclopaedias or dictionaries on important subjects. The range •of such reference books is almost limitless; one's acquaintance with them will de- pend largely upon individual needs. Such subjects as the following, and many others also, aside from those mentioned in the list which follows, have important encyclopaedias: Chemistry; Agriculture; Law, many phases; History, general, and different nations; Biography, general, and many phases; Music; Mathe- matics; Horticulture; Political Economy; Engineering. Many excellent collections of poems, debates, orations, stories, and of other subjects are issued in volumes arranged in alphabetical order, thus resembhng the form of encyclopaedias. Though it is a mistake to confine one's reference work mainly to books of an encyclopaedic nature, it is also a mistake to shght books of this character. Important Authors have Special Reference Books Even prominent authors, such as Dickens, Scott, Kipling, Browning, and others have special reference books devoted to characters, plots, quotations, and other items connected with their works. A few important books of this nature are mentioned below. Author Dictionaries and Synopses A synopsis of a work gives a general outline of it. Browning. Cyclopedia. Berdoe. Dickens. 1. Dickens dictionary. 2. 3. Dickens synopses. PhiHp. Pierce. McSpadden. Scott. 1. Waverly synopses. 2. Waverly dictionary. McSpadden, Rogers. Shakespeare. Thackeray. Shakespeare synopses. Thackeray dictionary. McSpadden. Mudge. 15 Opera Synopses American history and encyclopaedia of music. 12 vols. Gives story outline- of operas. McSpadden. Opera synopses. Upton. Standard operas. Miscellaneous Synopses Baker: — Guide to best fiction. — Guide to historical fiction. The descriptive notes in these guides are so good that they amount almost to synopses. Warner: Library of the world's best literature. 30 volumes. Directly pre- ceding the general index, synopses of many works of literature are given; index under title, precedes synopses. Book Reviews: Some book reviews are practically synopses. Handbooks Though handbooks are in no sense encyclopaedias or dictionaries of special subjects, yet they usually pertain to some special need and are generally arranged in alphabetical order. The following are a few, worthy of note: Brewer: Reader's handbook (contains synopses of dijew standard works). — Dictionary of miracle. — Historic note book. — Phrase and fable. Harper: Book of facts. A classified encyclopaedia of the history of the world, including literature, art, government — 1 volume. a. Topics and countries arranged alphabetically; sub-arranged in tabular and chronological order. The tables are excellent for dates and summaries. b. Under large cities a list of its mayors is given at the end of article. c. Under any state a list of governors and senators is given at the end of article. d. Under countries, a list of its rulers is given at end of article. A Few Important Special Encyclopaedias and Dictionaries Read the following list of books. They are important in connection with the study of encyclopaedias, but they cannot be treated in detail. 1. Bliss, William D. P. New encyclopaedia of social reform. 1 vol. 2. Grove. Dictionary of music and musicians. 5 vols. 3. Hart, A. B., and others. An encyclopaedia of American government. 3 vols. 4. Hastings, Rev. James. Bible dictionary. 1 vol. (Many dictionaries and encyclopaedias on Biblical subjects are published.) 5. Hopkins, A. A. Scientific American cyclopedia of formulas. 1 vol. 6. Jewish encyclopaedia. 12 vols. 7. Lippincott. New gazetteer of the world. 1 vol. 8. Lippincott. Universal pronouncing dictionary of biography and myth- ology. 1 vol. 9. Monroe, Paul. Cyclopedia of education. 5 vols. 10. Peck, H. T. Harper's Dictionary of classical literature. 1 vol. 16 encyclopaedia? 11 — a. Name three modern dictionaries which give characters in fiction, b. Which one of these three enters proper names in a separate volume? 12 — In an article on any important subject in a good encyclopaedia where would the best books on the subject be listed? 13 — In which book, mentioned under "Handbooks/'couldalistof the mayors of a city, or governors of a state, or rulers of a country, be found at the end of the article under the name of the city, state or country? Questions for Encyclopaedias Student's name Per cent Teacher's name Hour reciting Date .A Have you read the directions on the back of this cover? Answer yes or no. g s 1 — What does the word "encyclopaedia" mean? C ("Cyclopaedia" is practically a synonym for encyclopaedia.) ^ >, 2 — What does the abbreviation "q. v." from the Latin "quod vidi", mean literally in English? ^ «s oo 3 — a. Which encyclopaedia is issued in loose-leaf binding? ^ -o Qi h. How frequently are separate leaves, containing current information, issued for the .Oi Loose-leaf encyclopaedia? *-■ e eg 4 — Articles under countries in encyclopaedias are usually quite extensively sub-arranged. What ^j do the following subdivisions mean? Fauna ' Flora Topograph}' Bibliography 5 — Under any country or city, in an encyclopaedia, is the history usually given among the first or among the last subdivisions of the article? ^_i 03 6 — Under the word "Plato," in the index to the Encyclopaedia Britannica, the following reference C appears: 12-5 13c. g^ What volume, what page, what column, and what part of it is indicated? -g 7 — Which encyclopaedia issues an excellent separate year-book with topics arranged in alpha- "" betical order? fi> 8 — Name a good encyclopaedia written especially for young people. 2 9 — Which of the three general encyclopaedias studied enters important fictitious characters? © (In other words, which one should be consulted in order to learn in which works of § literature the following appear? Betsy Trotwood; Imogene; Mrs. Malaprop.) S o 10 — Though the Encyclopaedia Britannica dees not mention characters in fiction, it does mention "S 0) titles of prominent works of literature; for example the "Rivals." Should minor points, "g such as titles, Jae looked for through the index, or in alphabetical order in the body of this g g US Directions for Using Perforated Page of Questions and Key Which appear on the reverse side of this cover The questions which appear on the reverse side of this cover, on a perforated colored sheet, are not difficult, detailed or "catchy." They are intended to emphasize important points and to systematize the work for class records. The answers, which can easily be given after the text has been carefully read, should be written, from memory, in the blank spaces under the questions, preferably in class time unless directed to do otherwise by the one in charge of the work. The perforated sheet should be torn out in the presence of the one conduct- ing the class and only after it has been filled in. When directed to remove the questions, insert pencil in the hole and rip around the perforated edges. A key, by means of which the work can be checked, is printed on the cover under the question page, but is not revealed until after the question page is removed. This key consists of the same questions, with the correct answer to each printed below it. The value of each question, on the scale of 100, is indicated after the answer in the key. By means of this key, students could correct their own or each other's work in a few moments, in case the librarian or teacher could not take the extra time to do so. If the one who corrects the paper finds an incorrect answer, the amount to be deducted should be placed on the outer right-hand margin, near the mistake. These amounts should be added, the sum subtracted from 100, and the result placed after the word "Per cent." at the top of the sheet. The questions are asked in such a way as to admit of very little variety in the wording of the answers. However, if the wording of a written answer is mani- festly correct, and perfectly clear, but not exactly like the printed answer, of course no deduction should be made. Do not deduct for spelling, nor for abbreviated statements if they are perfectly clear. If the one who corrects a paper marks a question wrong which the writer considers correct, the two should examine the key together, or ask advice from the one in charge of the class. Reference Guides That Should be Known and How to Use Them By Florence M. Hopkins Librarian Central High School and Junior College Detroit, Michigan This Pamphlet Pertains to Parts of a Book TIME REQUIRED Two class periods and Preparation of one lesson THE WILLARD COMPANY 479 SIXTH STREET DETROIT ▼ MICHIGAN Copyright by FLORENCE M. HOPKINS 1919 Foreword This pamphlet is one of a series on the use of reference books. The complete series constitutes a second edition of "Reference guides that should be known and how to use them," which first appeared in 1916 as a text book for high and normal schools. The revision treats important phases of reference work in separate pamphlets, thus making it possible to grade the work, or to select the pamphlets best fitted to meet individual needs. Generally speaking, any one of the pamphlets can be completed in two class periods plus time for the preparation of one lesson be- tween recitations. The entire course could be completed by advanced students in five or six weeks of one class and study period per day. The work can also be scattered in different years. If one subject per term were given in consecutive order to English classes, in high schools, beginning with the B8 of junior high and ex- tending through the A12 of senior high, the work could be covered in two or three class and study periods per term; or, if familiarity with reference books is desired early in the school course, the most important subjects could be crowded into the early high school grades. The order in which the subjects of the pamph- lets are listed below suggests a logical sequence, whether the work is given slowly or rapidly or to lower or to upper grade students. 1 — Webster's New International Dictionary 2 — New Standard Dictionary 3 — Encyclopaedias 4 — Parts of a book 5 — Atlases; city directories; gazetteers 6 — Concordances 7— Library classification and card catalogue 8 — Indexes to periodical literature; debates 9 — Year-books 10 — Commercial indexes 11 — Important publications of city, state and federal governments The inclusion of specimen pages from the reference books studied makes it possible for each student to follow all illustrative examples without making a trip to a library and waiting to have access to the complete reference work. No library will furnish a sufficient number of copies of expensive reference books to supply large classes adequately for detailed study; neither could a library afford to have pages in expensive reference books as badly worn and marked as they would become if many students were required to consult them for prepared lessons. ■■mmfrnk ExpefiftDTG'^ ][ia& proved that the best results can be obtained if the work is begun in regular class recitations by a librarian or a teacher reading the text with the class. If conducted in this way, no previous preparation will be neces- sary, either by the class or by the one who conducts it. As the reading of the text proceeds, it will be seen that important features of the reference books studied are emphasized by referring to the sample pages embodied in the text. With a little class direction of this kind the students can readily see the plan of the text, and can finish any unread pages independently as an assigned lesson for the next recitation. In classes composed of advanced students, or in cases of absence, the entire work could be done independently. The questions on the colored page fastened on the inside of the last cover are designed to emphasize important points and to systematize the work for class records. Blank spaces are left under the questions for the answers. When the questions are assigned as a lesson to be prepared out of class, and the answers are written from memory in the blank spaces during the class recitation following, the points are more thoroughly impressed than they are when the answers are written before coming to class, while having direct access to the text. A key, giving the answer to each question, together with its value on the scale of 100, will be found underneath the question sheet when it is removed. By means of this key, students can correct their own or another's work in a few minutes of class time, in case the librarian or teacher cannot give extra time to do so. Schools which ask a leading reference question in final examinations find that students give more attention to the work and therefore learn to value its importance. The following paragraphs are taken from the Forevoord of the First Edition Possibly the best way of presenting the points which it is hoped this series of lessons may emphasize is to quote directly from the preface of a Bulletin on "Library instruction in universities, colleges and normal schools," from the United States Bureau of Education, 1914 — No. 34. Many educators of note, as well as college and university librarians, have emphasized the urgent necessity of instruction and training in "book-using skill." The place of the library in the work of all departments is one of increasing importance. The library is a resource or reservoir from which the student should draw constantly for information and inspiration. Every month of delay in instructing him in the meaning and use of the library lessens the efficiency of his course. Every new student should be required to take some course in which is given definite practical instruction in the handling of Hbrary tools Such a course, more- over, should not only be required, but it should constitute a definite part of the work required for a degree. 2 Parts of a Book The arrangement of material in books usually has the following order, though it varies slightly: a. Title: date and owner of copyright on the back. b. Page for dedication, if desired. c. Preface. d. Table of contents. e. List of maps and illustrations. f. Introduction. g. Body of the work. h. Appendix; Commentary; Special notes; or other additions, i. Index or indexes. Title Page The title page is the page on which appear: a. The full title of the work. b. Its author, editor or compiler, together with indications of any position, achievement, or scholarship which may serve to warrant the confidence of the public. c. Number of editions through which the work has passed, if more than one. Sometimes a quotation appears. d. The pubhsher and the city in which the firm is located. e. On the back of the title page, the date and owner of the copyright are given. A copyright is secured through the United States Government Copyright Office, Library of Congress, Washington, D. C, for one dollar. It grants its owner the right to control the issue of all copies for a period of twenty-eight years, and is subject to renewal. Frequently the date of printing is given under the publisher's name. If this date is later than the copyright date, it indicates that the book has been re- printed at the later date from plates prepared at the time of the last copyright, but that the book has not been revised or changed. The copyright date is the important one. Page of Dedication When an author desires to pay special tribute to an individual, or to a col- lection of individuals, or to perpetuate some pleasant memory, he often does so through the dedication of his book. If a page is used for this purpose, it follows the title page. Preface A Preface is a presentation of a book by the author himself to his reading public. It enables him to talk more familiarly with his readers than he other- wise could, and to thank any friends who may have aided him in the preparation of the work. In the preface he usually tells what his aim was in writing the book, and what he hoped to accomplish through it. It is often a very valuable part of a book and generally well worth reading. At the end of the preface, the author's name, or his initials, frequently appear at the lower right-hand side, and the date at the lower left-hand side. The pages are often numbered with Roman numerals to separate the preface from the pages of the book proper. Table of Contents The Table of contents gives the titles or subjects of the chapters, poems, or other matter contained in the book, listed in the order in which they appear. Frequently the chapters are so completely analysed that a large grasp of the general subject, or a review of it, can be gained by reading over the headings. The table of contents is sometimes paged with the book proper; sometimes it is paged with Roman numerals. A specimen entry from the Table of contents of "Universal literature" by Botta, is given to illustrate how completely a Table of contents sometimes analyzes chapters. Consult it, and give the answers to the following questions: a. On what page, in Roman numerals, does the "List of authorities" begin? On what page, in Arabic numbers, does the "Introduction" begin? Would page XV (Roman numerals) appear in the book before or after page 1 in Arabic numbers? b. Read over the countries on this page whose literature is discussed in the book. c. On what page does the chapter on "Chinese literature" begin? On what page does "Japanese hterature" begin? About how many pages are there- fore devoted to "Chinese Hterature?" What is the last topic mentioned under "Chinese literature?" Would this topic begin on a page nearer to page 7 or to page 15? d. From what country does the Sanskrit literature come? What are the leading sacred books of this country called? e. Is the language of the nation usually considered by this author in con- nection with the literature? A specimen entry from Table of Contents of Handbook of Universal Literature by Botta Use of plate granted by the courtesy of the publishers Copyrighted by Houghton, Mifflin & Co. CONTENTS. PAfil UST OF AUTHORITIES x^ INTRODUCTION. The Alphabet. 1. The Origin of Letters. — 2. The Phoenician Alphabet and Inscriptions. — 3. The Greek Alphabet. Its Three Epochs. — 4. The Mediaeval Scripts. The Irish. The Anglo-Saxon. The Roman. The Gothic. The Runic 1 Classification of Languages 3 CHINESE LITERATURE. 1. Chinese Literature. — 2. The Language. — 3. The Writing. — 4. The Five Classics and Four Books. — 5. Chinese Religion and Philosophy. Lao-ts6. Confucius. Meng-ts6 or Mencius. — 6. Buddhism. — 7. Social Constitution of China. — 8. In- vention of Printing. — 9. Science, History, and Geography. Encyclopaedias. — 10. Poetry. — 11. Dramatic Literature and Fiction. — 12. Education in China . . 7 JAPANESE LITERATURE. 1. The Language. — 2. The Religion. — i. The Literature. Influence of Women. — 4. History. — 5. The Drama and Poetry. — 6. Geography. Newspapers. Novels. Medical Science. — 7. Position of Woman. — 8. Foreign Interpreters of Japan . 16 SANSKRIT LITERATURE. 1. The Language. — 2. The Social Constitution of India. Brahmanism. — 3. Charac- teristics of the Literature and its Divisions. — 4. The Vedas and other Sacred Books. — 5. Sanskrit Poetry ; Epic ; the Ramayana and Mahabharata. Lyric Po- etry. Didactic Poetry ; the Hitopadesa. Dramatic Poetry. — 6. History and Sci- ence. — 7. Philosophy. —8. Buddhism. —9. Moral Philosophy. The Code of Manu. — 10. Modern Literatures of India. — 11. Education. The Brahmo Somaj . . 20 BABYLONIAN AND ASSYRIAN LITERATURE. 1. The Accadians and Babylonians. — 2. The Cuneiform Letters. —3. Babylonian and Assyrian Remains .35 PHCENICIAN LITERATURE. The Language. — The Remains 37 SYRIAC LITERATURE. The Language. —Influence of the Literature in the Eighth and Ninth Century . 38 PERSIAN LITERATURE. 1. The Persian Language and its Divisions. — 2. Zendic Literature ; the Zendavesta. ^3. Pehlvi and Parsae Literatures. — 4. The Ancient Religion of Persia,- Zero- Illustrations or Maps Illustrations and maps are arranged in the order in which they appear in the book, very seldom in alphabetical order. Introduction An introduction is usually a kind of brief essay on the general subject under discussion. It is sometimes paged in the book proper with Arabic numbers; sometimes, separately with Roman numerals. Many books do not require an introduction. Body of the Work The body of the work may consist of few or of many pages, or of one volume, or more, according to the plan of the author or the publisher. Sometimes an asterisk (*) or a dagger (f) or a number, or a letter, appears in the text to call attention to a note at the foot of the page. Appendix or Other Additions The appendix, the Special notes, the Commentary, or other additions con- sist of material desirable for explanation or enlargement of the subject-matter of the book itself, but which does not properly belong to the body of the work. The Index or Indexes An index is an alphabetical arrangement of the topics contained in the book, together with references to the pages on which they are discussed. An index is a very valuable feature of a book; it is found in one of the following positions: a. Usually at the back of a one volume work, rarely at the front. b. Usually at the back of the last volume, if the work is in more than one volume. When a set of books consists of many volumes, the index is likely to require most, or all, of the last volume. c. More than one index is sometimes desirable. In collections of poems, especially, several indexes are found; one of the titles, another of first lines, another of authors. d. Occasionally, though very rarely, an index is placed at the front of a book. e. Because a book contains an index, it does not follow that the index is a good one. Many books have no index. f . If an index has any special features or abbreviations not common to all indexes, look for a note of explanation at the beginning of the index. Specimen Entries of a Variety of Indexes The pages which follow contain specimen entries of a variety of indexes taken directly from the books as indicated. If each one is studied in connection with the questions just preceding the specimen entry, an ability to use indexes intelligently will be gained. 6 Questions Upon the Following Specimen Page of the Index to Introduction to American Literature by Pancoast A Work in One Volume 1. In which part of this one volume work is the index found? 2. The entry under "Emerson" follows which entry? 3. What entry follows "Emerson?" (Note the space required for references under Emerson.) 4. What is the first page referred to under "Emerson," and what punctua- tion mark follows it? 5. Which is the first page under "Emerson," followed by a dash? This dash indicates that "Emerson" is the subject considered from what page to what page? Between what pages does the next dash appear? 6. On what pages are the following topics under "Emerson" discussed: Concord Hymn? American Scholar? Brook Farm? 7. Find "Europe, influence on American literature," in the index, and give the first pages connected with a dash. Give the second, so connected. 8. Find "English influence" in the index, and give the pages for consecu- tive reading, as indicated by a dash. Specimen entry from the index at the back of Introduction to American Literature by Pancoast Copyrighted by Henry Holt & Company. Dunbar, Paul Laurence, 352, 353, 355, 392; The Deserted Plantation, 353; Study List, 360 Dimne," Finley Peter, 403 Dwight, Timothy, 102, 103, 105, 106, 110, 111, 146, 150, 186; America, 103; Conquest of Canaan, 103; Greenfield Hill, 106 Dyer, 106 East, the, 376. See New England; Middle States Edgar Euntly, 109, 110 Education, growth in Amer- ica, 18, 19. 24-26, 28, 33- 35, 98, 305, 317, 406 Edwards, Jonathan, 63-66, 72, 82, 91, 103, 115, 212, 317; Sinners in the Hands of an Angry God, 65; On the Freedom of the Will, 66; Study List, 72 Eggleston, Edward, 385, 390 ; Hoosier Schoolmas- ter, 385, 390; Roxy, 385 Eighty Years' War for Liberty, The. 232 Eliot, John, 26, 54; Bay Psalm Book, 26, 54 Elsie Venner, 217 Emerson, Ralph Waldo, 7, 11, 66, 143, 151, 156, 160, 162, 164-178, 180, 185, 190, 198, 202, 204, 211, 218, 219, 240-242, 252, 264, 297, 307, 308, 311, EX 419 317, 365, 376, 407; place in new era in New Eng- land, 165; Nature, 168, 169, 202, 214, 365; lec- turer, 169; Concord Hymn, 169; influence of German philosophy, Wordsworth, and Carlyle, 169; The American Scholar, 170; The Dial, 172; Brook Farm, 172; English Traits, 173, 242; philosophic and religious teacher, 175; inequality of style, 175; epigram- matic sentences, 176; his mission to quicken our spirit, 177; Study List, 177 Emmett, Dan, 354; Dixie, 354 English influence, 69, 71, 77, 83-85, 91, 96, 103, 105- 109, 119, 130, 146, 163, 164, 169, 252, 253, 266, 376, 396 English Literature (Moody and Lovett), 395 English Novel, The (La- nier), 278 English Traits, 173, 242 Ephemera, 91 Eternal Goodness, The, 227 Europe, influence on Amer- ican literature, 119, 124, 134, 152, 155, 163, 164, 173, 178, 179, 181-187, 195, 203, 218, 242, 243, 288-292, 294, 320, 325, 326, 328, 329, 331, 332 Questions Upon the Specimen Page of the Index to Life of H. W. Longfellow by Samuel Longfellow A Work in Three Volumes 1. Note carefully the following items: The number of the volume is not repeated every time reference is made to it. If no volume is given, the last mentioned volume is implied, and the eye must follow back until the number of the volume is found. References to volume 1 comes first; to volume 2, next; and to volume 3 last. Longfellow's name is abbreviated "L." throughout the index. 2. This work is in three volumes. In which volume, and in what part of it, is the index found? 3. Give the volumes and pages for the following: a. First reference under Dickens; "L. entertains." This means that an account of how Longfellow entertained Charles Dickens, is found in what volume and on what page? b. Letters to Longfellow from Dickens. (Volume? Page?) c. Longfellow describes household and friends of Dickens. (Volume? Page?) d. Longfellow on the "Wreck of the Golden Mary." (Volume? Page?) e. Third visit of Dickens to America. (Volume? Page?) f. Longfellow on the death of Dickens. (Volume? Page?) 4. Under Darley, Felix, give the volume and page for "illustrates Evange- line." 5. Under "Divine Tragedy" give the volume and page for "Dr. Bushnell on." Study the questions which draw out the arrangement of this index to a work in three volumes A specimen entry from the index at the back of the last or the third volume of Life of Henry Wadsworth Longfellow by Samuel Longfellow Use of plate granted by the courtesy of the publishers. Copyrighted by Houghton, Mifflin & Company. 458 INDEX. vises Greene to translate the let- ters of, 60, 72 ; Witte's text of , and Bati'a commentary on, 63 ; help- fulness of L.'s friends in criticising' his translation of, 63 (see " Dante Club"); the geo^aphy of, 67; points of interest occurring- during the reading of, 69, TO, 71, 384; notes of L. on the tenth canto of the "Paradiso" of, 78; notes of L. on, Bnished, 79 ; Ticknor on L.'s translation of, 90; the same published, 53, 88, 93; L. quotes the " Inferno " of, 97 ; dinner given by Ticknor & Fields in honor of the translation of, 99 ; the " Rue du Fouarre " in, 125 ; the Duca di Sermoneta as a student of, 128 ; in exile, 147 ; the gondolier's pamphlet on, 184 ; bits of the coffin of, 204, 392, 401 ; L. quotes, 213, 317 ; da Imola's commentary on, 318 ; in Dutch, 388 ; L.'s copy of Lord Vernon's edition of, 400 ; bust of, in L.'s study, 401 ; L. quotes, on translation, 410. "Dante Club," the, iii. 62, 63, 65- 69, 71, 75. 80, 85, 87, 363 ; sketches of, at work, 62, 381. D'Arblay, Madame, iii. 15 ; curious story of, 137. Darley, FeUx 0. C, ii. 391, 408, 413 ; UlujJtrates "Evangeline," iii. 75. Daveis, Charles Stuart, i. 117. Day, each, a " branch of the Tree of Life," iii. 409. " Daybreak," translated into Portu- guese, iii. 54. " Dead Bird, The, a Ballad," i. 75. Dead Sea, T. G. Appleton at the, iii. 249. Death of a little daughter, L. on the, ii. 130. Death and bereavement, L. on, ii. 130 ; iii. 7, 97 ; (sorrows), 408. Death-penalty, L. on the, iii. 408. *' Decoration Day," iii. 322, 324. Deering's Woods, near Portland, fre- quented by L. in boyhood, i. 25 ; referred to in "My Lost Youth," i. 25 ; L. speaks of, ii. 364. Demidoff, Count Nikolai, i. 139. "Democratic Review," L. contrib- utes to the, i. 407. Demosthenes, L. quotes, in regard to presuming visitors, iii. 213. Dennett, John Richard, iii. 270. De Quincey's " Reminiscences," L. on, ii. 229. Derby, Lord, on the English hexam* eter, iii. 57. Derby, M. C, ii. 372. " Descent of the Muses, The," iiL 265. De Vere, Aubray, iii. 113. De Vere, Scheie, ii. 320. Devereaux Farm, L. describes, ii. 58. Dewey, Rev. Orville, i. 247. D'Hauranne, Duvergier, iii. 48. Dickens, Charles, L. entertains, i. 279 ; popularity of, 340 ; second visit of, 414; play in New York ridiculing the reception of, 420; letters to L. from, 4-38, 451 ; L. comments on the " American Notes" of, 440; visit of L. to, in London, 416, 440 ; Forster refei3 to, and "Martin Chuzzlewit," ii. 7 ; L. describes household and friends of, ii. 9 ; L. on the " Wreck of the Golden Maxy " of, 326 ; third visit of, to Amer- ica, iii.. 100; L. entertains, 100; first reading of, 100; L. on the readings of, 101, 102 ; writes to L. on his birthday, 104; L. visits, at Gad's Hill, 114, 119 ; L. on the dsath of, 149. " Dick Moon en France," iiL 18. Dictionaries, L. on, ii. ;i54. • Disraeli, L. speaks of the " Vivian Grey" of, i. SiSQ; of the "Con- tarini Fleming" of, ii. 23-3; Clough speaks of, 257 ; L.' on the " Lothair" of, iii. 149. " Divine Tragedy," L. at work upon, iii. 162. 164 ; publication of, 187, 190; Bavard Taylor on, 188; a note of L.'s on, 189, 195; sale of, 190 ; Dr. Bushnell on, 192 ; hostile notices of, 193. Divinity, L.'s views regarding the study of, i. 54. Doane, Caroline, letter from L. to, i. 69. Dobson, Austin, poem of, to L., iii. 402. " Dole," discussion on the word, iiL 384. Dommett, Alfred, L. on the " Ranolf and Amohia"' of, iii. 286. " Don Giovanni," L. on, iL 176, 232. Dor^, Guatave, iii. 3. Questions Upon the Specimen Page From the Index to England in the Eighteenth Century by Lecky A Work in Eight Volumes 1. Note carefully the following items: • The volume is not repeated after a reference has once been made to it. The eye must sometimes run back for several lines before the volume indicated can be determined. The abbreviation "ib." is frequently used in this index. This abbreviation comes from the Latin word "ibidem," meaning in exactly the same place as the last mentioned. (It is often abbreviated "ibid" in other reference books.) The abbreviations "sq." and "sqq." are also used in this index. These ab- breviations come from different forms of the Latin word "sequens," which word means "following," "Sq." is singular, and signifies that one page follows the reference; "sqq." is plural, and signifies that more than one follows. Sometimes other forms, which mean practically the same are seen, such as "seq.," "seqq." 2. Under Whitefield, George, give the abbreviation which follows "among colliers." Give the volume and page indicated in this reference. 3. Find Whitefield's "eloquence as a popular preacher," and give the ab- breviation which indicates that several pages follow page 617. Reference is made to which volume? 4. Under Whiteboys, "denounced by Catholic clergy," the reference is to what volume? Does the reference cover as many pages as does "outrages not sectarian," just preceding it? Why? The reference following it, "Protestants among Whiteboys" is followed by the letter "n," referring to a "note." In which volume and on what page does the note appear? 5. Consult the first column, under "Whigs," near the middle, and give the volume and page for "chief elements of party-aristocracy." 6. Find, near the end of the entry under "Whigs," "true character of the party," and give the volume and page to which reference is made. The entry given below illustrates an index which does not use a dash or sqq. to indicate consecutive reading, but instead uses the letters, "ff," for follow- ing pages. The most important pages are marked by an asterisk (*). Name the page, marked by an asterisk (*) on which the fullest account of Plato begins. Name two other pages which are followed by "ff," indicating that the ref- erence covers more than two pages. Name one page followed by a single "f," indicating that only one page fol- lows. Plato, 14, 18, 29, 35, 49, 50, 52, 54, 55, 63, 71*ff., 108ff., 114, 127, 129, 136, 138, 151ff., 180, 185, 218f. In some indexes the most important pages are printed in heavy type. 10 Study the questions which draw out the arrangement of this index to a work in eight volumes A specimen entry from the index at the back of the last or the eighth volume of England in the Eighteenth Century by Lecky Use of plate granted by the courtesy of publishers. Copyrighted by D. Appleton & Company. INDEX. 647 304; removal of duty imposed by England, 336 Wheat, ijrice of, 1650-1750, i. 363, 606 sq. ; later prices, vi, 193, 203 sq. Wheelplough: introduced into Ireland by the Palatines, ii. 374 Whigs : prolonged ascendency, i. 1 ; their main principles, 3; detailed contrast with Tories, 3 ; treatment of press, 4 ; why they carried Sep- tennial Act, 6; policy at Revolu- tion, 11 sqq. ; skilful conduct of leaders, 13 ; origin of name 'Whig,' 19 ; difficulties after Revolution, 25; defeat of party on accession of Anne, 36 ; preponderance in House of Lords (1703), 38 ; great majority in elections (1705), 41 ; pass a Regency Bill, 43; complete Whig ascendency in ministry, 45; foreign policy of Government, 47 ; party division, 54 ; Sacheverell, 55 sqq. ; theory of Government, 67 ; Burnet, 87 ; re- ligious legislation, 101 sqq., 274 sqq.; question of succession, 146; elec- tions of 1713, 158; Tory discord and Whig union, 161 ; conference of leaders with Bolingbroke, 175; Irish Commons violently Whig, 177; triumph at George I.'s accession, 183; chief elements of party — ari- stocracy, 184 sqq. ; commercial classes, 203 ; Nonconformists, 319 — party violence, 235; rebellion of 1715, 339 sqq. ; consolidation of Whig power,346; conditions favour- ing them, 346 sqq. ; religious legis- lation, 273 sqq. ; repeal of laws against witchcraft, 388 ; reform of Calendar, 389 ; laws against Catho- lics, 390, 397 sqq. ; against Popish dignitaries and friars, 319 sq.; penallawsagainstEnglishCatholics, 338 sqq.; Whig schism of 1717, 345 ; Walpole, 383, 405 ; cessation of political rivalry (1748-64), 406 ; confusion of party lines, 513 ; na- tural history of the two parties, 513 sq. ; Toleration Act (1713), ii. 53 ; disorganisation, 505 ; supremacy broken at death of George II., 565 ; Rockingham's ministry, iii. 100 ; co- alition with Chatham, 130; party vicissitudes, 174 sqq.; inexperienced leaders, 103 ; Reform question, 191 ; distinction between Whig and Radi- cal,337; party opposed Subscription, 541 ; divided on religious liberty, 544; accession of Fox, 571 ; Ameri- candifficulty,586sj.;allegedoriginof party colours, iv. 75; advocacy of American cause, 73 ; attempted fu- sion with Rockingham's party, 95 ; return to power (1783), 220; oli- garchical spirit of Old Whigs, 355 disruption, 358; coalition of Fox and North, 392; India bill, 312 Absentee tax, 438 ; home fortifica- tions, v. 74 ; Prince of Wales, 84 Regency question, 103, 106, 111 ; party ceases to be anti-Catholic, 188 ; principles on elective system, 197; Whig theory of social con- tract, 345 ; schism wrought by French Revolution, 453 ; secessions from Fox, 506 ; true character of the party, 511; schism increased, vi. 16, 136 ; secessions to Pitt (1794), vii. 33; disputes that fol- lowed, 42 sqq. Whig Club, Dublin, vi. 458, 471; Northern Whig Club, Belfast, 463 Whiteboys: origin, ii. 316, 372, iv. 351 ; first proceedings ; character of outrages, 353 ; object, 354 ; mur- ders, 356 ; paralyzed law, 358 ; pseudo - Whiteboys, 359 ; attacks on clergy, 360; outrages not sec- tarian, 361 sqq. ; denounced by Catholic clergy, 365 sg. ; Protestants among Whiteboys, 365 ?i. ; deser- tion of Catholic chapels, 367 ; real causes of outbreak, ib. ; measures against, 369; hunting Whiteboys, 370; Whiteboy Act, 1787, vi. 408. See Ireland, 1760-1778 Whitefleld, George : early life and character, ii. 600; visits Georgia, 605; preaching in England, 610; field-preaching, 611 ; among coll- iers, ib.; in London, 613; charac- ter and genius, ib. ; failings, 614 ; position in the Church, 615; elo- quence as a popular preacher, 617 sqq. ; effects on his hearers, 631 ; matter of his discourses, 623; in- fluence on religious revival, 684; Calvinism : disputes with Wesley, 636 ; esteem for Wesley, ib. ; asceti- cism, 641 ; the earthquake alarm of 1750, 647; expeditions to America, 653 ; advocated slavery, 654 ; work in Wales, 658 ; in Scotland, 660 ; satirized by Pope, 669 ; influence on upper classes, 670 White, Richard: first to report ap- f roach of Hoehe's expedition to reland, vii. 257 ; made Lord Ban- try for his services, 258 Whitworth (ambassador to Russia); 11 Questions Upon the Specimen Page of the Index to Harvard Classics (Dr. Eliot's Five-Foot Shelf) A Work in Fifty Volumes 1. This work is in fifty volumes. Almost all of the last volume is required for the index. 2. Note carefully the following items: The volume is not repeated every time reference is made to it. The references are sub-arranged alphabetically in this index; under "Books," for example, a reference to what "Confucius" says about books is sub-arranged under C, what "Locke" says, under L, etc. Volumes are given in Roman numerals, and pages in Arabic numbers. A dash between pages indicates the number of pages included in the ref- erence, thus 471-8 would mean from page 471 to page 478. 3. Give the volumes and pages for the following: a. Under Books, sub-alphabetical under "t" find "transcripts of their times" and give volume referred to. Which pages give the longest consecutive reference? b. What volume and page is referred to for "prefaces" of books? c. Give volume and pages for Locke on books for children. d. In the second column of the index, under "Bors, Sir," find volume and pages for "Temptation of." e. Under "Borgia, Caesar," find volume and pages for "Guido Ubaldo and." 12 Study the questions which draw out the arrangement of this index to a work in fifty volumes A specimen entry from the index at tiie back of the last or the fiftieth volume of Harvard Classics (Dr. Eliot's Five-foot shelf) Use of plate granted by the courtesy of the publishers. Copyrighted by P. F. Collier & Son. GENERAL INDEX 165 Book, custom of saving by the, XXXV, 387 Book-keeping (see Accounting) Book-Worms, The, vi, 277 Books, Montaigne's Essay on, xxxii, 89-105 Books, Bacon on, iii, 58; Browne on, 285-6, 289 (24); Carlyle on, XXV, 379, 381, 389-90; censorship of (see Censorship) ; Channing on, xxviii, 349-51; Confucius on, xhv, :o (9); Ecclesiastes on, 354 (12); Emerson on, v, 8-12, 97, 122, 183-4; Epictetus on, ii, 170 (145); Goethe on, xix, 28, 45-6; Heminge on fate of, xxxix, 155; Hobbes on, xxxiv 339-40; Hume on use of, xxxvii, 395 (9) ; Locke on, for children, 140-3; Milton on, iii, 202-3, 210-12, 214; Mewman on education by, xxviii, 31-8; Pascal on, xlviii, 123 note 9, 417; Pliny on, ix, 244; prefaces of, xxxix, 3; Rousseau on, xxxiv, 303-4; Ras- kin on, xxviii, 99-1 17. 120-1, 130-1, 141; Ruskin on, for girls, 155-7; tested by durability, xxxix, 218-19; transcripts of their times, 433-40> 460-1 (see also Read- ing) Boorde, Andrew, verses from^ xxxv, 304 note Bootes, constellation, xx, 417 note 5; mentioned by Homer, xxii, 78 Booth, M. L., translator of Pascal, xlviii Border Ballad, by Scott, xli, 764 Boreas, Orithea and, xxvii, 284; Virgil on, xiii, 79, 140 ife of "' 291, 295-6 Borghild, wife Sigmund, xlix. Borgia, Caesar, son of Pope Alex- ander, xxxvi, 15; cruelty of, 56; Countess of Forli and, 75; Guido Ubaldo and, 74; Macaulay on, xxvii, 408-9; Machiavelli on, xxxvi, 24-30; Oliverotto and, 33; troops of, 48 Borgia, Lucretia, Lines on Hair OF, xli, 929 Borgnv, wife of Sigmund (see Borghild) Borgny, wife of Vilmund, xlix, 457-9 Borgoignon, Nicolas, xxxiii, 263 note Borgoo, the negroes of, v, 207i8 Boric Acid, as antiseptic, xxxviii, 400-1 Born, Bertrand de, in Dante's Hell, XX, 120 note Borneil, Giraud de, xx, 255 note 3 Bornoos, language of, v, 208 Boron, Robert de, xxxv, io8 Borromeo, Federigo, in The Be- trothed, xxi, 367-76; Abbondio and, 433-44; Lucia and. 413-18, 432; in Milan famine, 477-9. 486; in plague, 526, 548-9, 552. 554-S; unnamed and, 377-88 Borrow, George, and the Gypsies, v, 448 Borrowing, Emerson on, v, 99-100; Shakespeare on, xlvi, 102 Bors, Sir, in The Holy Grail, at the abbey, xxxv, 181-2; birds, omen of, 172, 181-2; at Carbonek Castle, 218-21; at Carteloise (Tastle, 200-2; chastity of, 168, 172; Galahad and, no, 114. 190- I, 218, 225; gentlewoman and, 176-7; hermit and, 171-2; lady's champion, 172-5; Lancelot and, 226; Lionel and, 176, 183-7; I'er- civale and, 187-8, 225-6; at Sar- ras, 223-4; in ship of Faith, 192, 200; temptation of, 178-81; visions of, 173-4, 182; wounded knight rescued by, 207 Borsiere, Guglielmo, xx, 69 and note 4 Bortolo, in The Betrothed (see Castagneri), xxi Bos, Abbe du, on painting and poetry, xxiv, 54 Bosanquet, F. C. T., reviser oi Pliny, ix Bosola, Daniel de, in Duchess of Malfi, Antonio and, xlvii, 740, 746-8, 810-11; Cardinal and, 722- 3, 799-800, 805-6, 812-14; Cas- truccio and, 737-8; death of, 815; Delio and, 769; Duchess and, 727-8, 739, 741-2, 744, 762-3, 764- 7, 773-4. 775-6,^ 777-8o, 785-9. 792-3; Ferdinand and, 728-30, 756-7. 769. 776-7. 780-1, 789-92. 797-8, 814; Julia and, 800-2; old lady and, 738-9, 743-4 Bosquet, M., on cirripedes, xi, Bossu, Le, epic code of, xxxix, 405; on heroes of poetry, xiii, 24 Bossuet, on Cromwell, xxxix, 396; Sainte-Beuve, History of, xxxu, 131-2; Taine on, xxxix, 452 Bostock, Mr., Walton on, xv, 414^ 422-3 Boston Hymn, xiii, 1313-16 Boston News-Letter, 1-rankhn on, i, 20 Boswell, James, remarks on Ltfe of Johnson, by, xxvii, 164; Burns on, vi, 327 note i ; Thackeray on, xxviii, 7 Boswell, Robert Bruce, translator of PHyEDKA, XXvi. I23 , ^, , Botallus, on circulation of blood, xxxviii, 98 Botany, Emerson on science of, v, 307; Locke on study of, xxxvii. Botany Bay, morality of children of, v, 255 _ . I Botero, Giovanni, xxi, 407 13 Index of authors. Index of first lines. Index of titles. The following specimen pages are taken from the indexes of a book entitled "Every day in the Year," compiled by James Ford. Each one of them indexes a poem by H. C. Banner, entitled "The last of the new year's callers," the first line of which is, "The door is shut — I think the fine old face." Consult the "author index" and tell how many other poems by the same author are included in the book. All first line indexes are arranged with reference to the very first word of the line, even though that word be an article, as "The," "A," or "An;" words fol- lowing an article are in sub-alphabetical order. Find the first line, "The door is shut, I think the fine old face," in the "index of first lines," and give the page. A "title index" always disregards the article. Find the title of this poem, "The last of the new year's callers," in the "title index" and tell how the entry indicates that the title properly begins with "The." Specimen Entry from Ford: Every Day in the Year Copyrighted by Dodd, Mead & Company INDEX OF AUTHORS. Addison, Joseph Alcott, Louisa M Aldrich, Thomas B ALEXANDER, Cecil F Alston, Joseph Blynth Anonymous: (From London Punch) . (From London Punch), (From London Punch) . (From London Punch). (.Old Ballad) 258 113 16 17 19 35 37 57 62 89 100 {Old Ballad) 115 135 (Old Ballad) 143 (From London Punch) 16G 108 179 (Old Ballad) 188 (From London Punch) 220 (Old Ballad) 225 226 (Old Ballad) 238 243 260 272 (Old Ballad) 279 283 (From London Spectator) .. . 285 (Old Ballad) 303 307 319 (From Rivington's Gasette) . . 332 (From Naval Songster) 345 (Old Ballad) 351 354 367 387 410 (From London Public Opinion) 413 417 (Old Ballad) 418 Arnold, Edwin 222 Matthew 4, 54, 92, 99, 197 Anne 245 126 Arnold, Askew, Austin, Alfred Aytoun, W. E 43, 45, '5, 123, 168, 256, 287 301 Beatty, Pakenham 215, Beaumont, Francis 50, Becker, Charlotte Bell, Maurice Bennett, Henry Bensell, James Berry Benton, Joel 44, Betts, Craven L, 15, 16, 58, 64, 79, 130, 135, 172, 238, 271, 354, Bierce, Ambrose Blackie, John Stuart 203, Boker, George H 53, 144, 164, 176, 193, 234, 297, 361, BolEyn, Anne Bouve, Thomas Tracy Bo WKER, R. R Bowles, William Lisle Bridges, Robert 276, Brodie, Erasmus H Brown, Irene Fowler Browne, Francis F Browne, H. J. D Browne, Irving Brownell, Henry Howard Browning, Elizabeth Barrett 48, 136, 170, 210, 217, Browning, Robert 7, 104, 134, Bryant, Cullen, William 58, 105, 135, 154, Buckingham, Duke oe. — See George Villiers. BuNNER, H. C 3, 74, 137, Burns, Robert 214, Burroughs, Althea S Byron, Lord 24, 26, 108, 137, 164, 172, 201, 205, 237, 244, 248, 273, 276, 307, 320, 323, 332, 362, 363, 403, 417 354 405 Campbell, Thomas 102, 335, 393 Carman, Bliss 9, 358 Carryl, Guy Wetmore 282 Gary, Phoebe Ill, 273 Case, Rev. W 338 Churchill, Charles 395 Clare, John 167 Clarke, Joseph I. C 27, 52, 346 Coleridge, Hartley 99, 343 Coleridge, Samuel Taylor 192, 256, 288 Collins, Mortimer 101 Collins, William 290 Collyer, Robert 339 Cone, Joe 88. 190, 318 CooLBRiT'H, In A D 202, 274 14 Specimen Entry from Ford: Every Day in the Year Copyrighted by Dodd, Mead & Company INDEX OF FIRST LINES. 429 Queen of the lute and lay! whose song of yore, 163. Quietly, like a child, 265. Rare the last from vernal Hellas sent, "Read out the names!" and Burke sat back, 52. Rear high thy bleak majestic hills, 250. Remember us poor Mayers all! 143. Revered, beloved — O you that hold, 172. Rhymers and writers of our day, 316. Rid of the World's injustice, and his pain, 59. Right on our flank the crimson sun went down; 63. Ring out, wild bells, to the wild sky, 421. Ring the bells, nor ring them slowly; 271. Rise, honest Muse! and sing the Man of Ross: see. Roll forth my song, like the rushing river, 209. Roman Virgil, thou that singest Ilions lofty temples robed in fire, 317. Round Quebec's embattled walls, 420. Santa Ana came storming, as a storm might come; 70. Sambre and Maese their waves may join; 299. Scarce grown to womanhood, to die a Queen! 220. Scots, wha hae wi* Wallace bled — 215. Sea-king's daughter from over the sea, 77. Secure in his prophetic strength, 379. Shade of our greatest, O look down today! 233. Shake off your heavy trance, 50. Shall pride a heap of sculptured marble raise, 89. Shall I strew on thee rose or rue or laurel, 296. She has gone to the bottom! the wrath of the Tide, 207. "She is dead" they say; "she is robed for the grave; there are lilies upon her breast; 249. She is far from the land where her young hero sleeps, 315. Shout for the mighty men, 268. Shut fast the door! Let not one vulgar din, Silence and Solitude may hint, 152. Silent it stands, the shrine within whose walls, 220. Since thou art dead, Clifton, the world may see, 354. Sing, bird, on green Missouri's plain, 272. Sing out, and with rejoicing bring, 414. Sir, I desire you to do me right and justice; 211. So fallen! so lost! the light withdrawn, 73. So fell our statesman — for he stood sublime, 17. Some in the promise of an early prime, 166. Some opulent force of genius, soul and race, 44. Son of the Brittannia's isle, 29. Souls of the patriot dead, 197. Spain's hour has struck. No more her flag, 130. Spare all who yield; alas, that we must pierce one English heart for England! 215 Spruce Macaronis, and pretty to see, 289. Sprung from the blood of Israel's scattered race, 4. ,St. Anthony at church. 19. St Patrick, slave to Milcho of the herds, 1. St. Stephen's cloistered hall was proud, 337. "Stack Arms!" We gladly heard the cry, 112. Stand! the ground's your own, my braves! 204. States are not great, 342. Statesman, I thank thee! and, if yet dissent, 15. Steadfast as sorrow, fiery sad, and sweet, 81. Still and dark along the sea, 287. Still onward swept the hurricane of strife, 400. Stop Christian passers-by — stop child of God, 255. Stop, Mortal! Here thy brother lies — 390. Straight to his heart the bullet crushed; 127. Sturdy saint militant, stout genial soul, 35. Sweet heart, that no taint of the throne or the stage, 372. "Sweet is the holiness of Youth" — so felt, 235. Sweet scented flowers on beauty's grave, 93. Swift to the dust descends each honored name, 68. Sunset and evening star, 329. Take away that star and garter — 123. Take back into thy bosom. Earth, 147. Tell ye the story far and wide, 88. That Charles himself might chase, 33. That high-gifted man, 237. Then came a bloody battle in the clouds — 384. The actor's dead, and memory alone, 192. The angel came by night, 411. The banner of freedom high floated unfurled, 351. The bark that held a prince went down, 386. The billowy headlands swiftly fly, 90. The boy stood on the burning deck, 262. The branches creaked on the garret roof, 47. The breaking waves dashed high, 408. The castle_ clock had tolled midnight, 33. The captain of the Shannon came sailing up the bay, 187. The cold hands call upon abysmal Gloom: 141. The Danube to the Severn gave, 310. The door is shut — I think the fine old face, S. The fan no longer flutters, 327. The figure that thou here seest put, 134. The first great fight of the war is fought! 142. The forest leaves lay scattered cold and dead, 343. The fourteenth of July had come, 243. The ghostly wind of Weber's northern pines, 65. "The glorious days of September, 298. The guardian pines upon the hill, 300. The guns are hushed. On every field once flowing, 180. The heart of Merrie England sang in thee, 351. The heart leaps with the pride of their storv, 229. The last and greatest Herald of Heaven's King, 217. The lightning rends the goodly tree, 97. The Man who fiercest charged in fight, 157. The morning of the launch was fair and bright, 138. Thy marvelous genius, perfect as the sun, 242. The news frae Moidart cam' yestreen, 262. The New- World's sweetest singer! Time may lay, 64. The play is done — the curtain drops, 415. 16 Specimen Entry from Ford: Every Day in the Year Copyrighted by Dodd, Mead & Company 436 INDEX OF TITLES. In Memoriam — J. O A. B. Watrous In Memoriam — Prince Leopold H. Halloran In Memory of Barry Cornwall A. C. Swinburne In Memory of I^ewis Carroll From London Punch In Memory of Walter Savage Landor A. C. Sv.inburne In the Land Where We Were Dreaming D. B. Lucas In the Round Tower at Jhansi C. G. Rossetti Inkerman R. C. Trench Inscription for a Monument at Vimeiro R. Southey International Episode, An C. Duer I Remember, I Remember T. Hood Ivry T. B. Macaulay J. B H. C. Bunner Jackson at New Orleans W. Rice Fames McCosh R. Bridges Jefferson Davis H. L. Peck fena F. S. Saltus [ohn A. Andrews L. C. Moulton fohn Brown Ironquill fohn George Nicolay R. IV. Gilder John Henry Newman E. Gosse John Mitchell /. B. O'Reilly Toseph Rodman Drake F. Halleck Fudas The Second F. S. Saltus Kearsarge, The J. J. Roche Keats C. L. Belts Keats E. H. Brodie Keenan's Charge G. P. Lathrop Kidnapping of Sims, The J. Pierpont Killing of Macbeth (Macbeth, Act \', Scene 8) W. Shakespeare Kilmarnock's Lament Old Ballad King Henry V at Harfleur (Henry V, Act III, Scene l)..If'. Shakespeare Kinship of the Celt, The.../. /. C. Clarke Kitchen May-Dav Song Old Ballad Kitty Clive C. Churchill Lady Franklin Elisabeth Whittier Lady Penelope Clifton F. Beaumont Lament for Sir Philip Sidney, ilf. Roy den Lament of Anne Boleyn on the F;ve of Her Execution A. Boleyn Lamentable Ballad of the Bloody Brook, The E. E. Hale Landing of the Pilgrim Fathers in New England, The F. Hemans Last Ccesar, The T. B. Aldrich Last of the New Year's Callers, The H. C. Bunner Latimer and Ridley W. Wordsworth Laud W. Wordsworth Laundhing of Cortez' Ships, The (From "The Conquest of Mexico") K. Cornwallis Laus Deo 7. G. Whittier Lay of the Brave Cameron, The /. S. Blackie Lead, Kindly Light J. H. Newman Leconte de Lisle E. Gosse Leonidas G. Croly Lillian Adelaide Neilson C. Scott Little Church Round the Corner, The A. B. Lancaster Little Dead Prince, A D. M. Craik Lines P. B. Shelley Lines on a Late Hospicious Ewent W. M. Thackeray 143 Lines on the Death of Gen. Joseph Reed P. Freneau 68 Lines on the Death of Sheridan. T. Moore 237 Lines on the Prince of Wales H. Frederick 56 Lines Upon Himself R. Herrick 341 Logan at Peach Tree Creek.. H. Garland 250 Lohengrin A. E. Watrous 291 Longfellow C. L. Betts 64 Lord Chatham W. Cowper 159 Loss of the Birkenhead, The.F. H. Doyle 63 Loss of the Emigrants, The J. B. O'Reilly 101 Loss of the Eurydice, The E. Gosse 94 Lost Leader, The R. Broivning 104 Louis Napoleon Oscar Wilde 188 Louisa May Alcott L. C. Moulton 70 M. Carnot's Death J. I. Ingham 215 Madame Roland Anon 367 Madcap April T. Jenks 101 Mahogany Tree, The...H^. M. Thackeray 414 Mahomet S. T. Coleridge 192 Man of Ross, The A. Pope 366 Manila Bay H. E. W., Jr. 142 Manassas C. M. Warfield 253 Man's Name, A R. Realf 39 Marathon (From "Childe Harold") Lord Byron 323 Marco Bozzaris Fits-Green Halleck 280 Mario F. S. Saltus 399 Martyrdom of St. Lucy, The Neale 401 Martyrdom of the Archbishop of Paris, The J. M. Neale 218 Mary Queen of Scots.... H^. Wordsworth 163 Maryland Battalion, The. .J. W. Palmer 289 Massacre at Scio, The W. C. Bryant 105 Maximilian J. G. Saxe 206 Memorial Dav Cy. Warman 181 Men Behind the Guns, The. .7. 7. Rooney 230 Men of Monomoy, The 7. Cone 88 Men of the Merrimac, The...C. Scollard 189 Men of the North and West R. H. Stoddard 117 Mercedes T. W. Parsons 220 Michael Angelo Buonarotti. .C. P. Cranch 71 Michael the Archangel D. M. Craik 324 Miles Keoghs' Horse 7. Hay 219 Millais's "Huguenots" From the London Spectator 285 Milton E. Myers 396 Milton C. L. Betts 396 Milton's Sonnets 7. Milton 397 Minute Men of Northboro, The..H>'. Rice 129 Mirabeau Dying W. R. Wallace 103 Miss Nightingale A. Smith 163 Mollie Pitcher K. B. Sherwood 221 Montefiorc A. Bierce 349 Monterey C. F. Hoffman 321 Montgomery at Quebec C. Scollard 420 Mother and Poet E. B. Browning 48 Mozart's Requiem F. Hemans 394 Mrs. Hemans B. Hallock 163 Murder of Darnley, The (From "Bothwell") W. E. Aytoun 43 Murder of Riccio, The W. E. Aytoun 76 Murder of the Princes in the Tower (Rich. Ill, Act IV, Scene 3) W. Shakespeare 279 Nameless One, The 7. C. Mangan 209 Napoleon R. W. Gilder 152 Napoleon F. S. Saltus 278 16 Questions for Parts of a Book Student's name Per cent Teacher's name Hour reciting Date Have you read the directions on the back of this cover? Answer yes or no. 1 — a. Where is the copyright date usually entered in a book? b. From what office, located where, is a copyright secured? c. For how long a time does a copyright protect the owner, and what does it cost? d. If the date below the publisher's name is later than the copyright date, has the book as a whole been revised, or merely reprinted at the later date? 2 — In what part of a book does an author usually state his reasons for writing it? 10 — Are maps and illustrations usually in alphabetical order, or in the order in which they appear in the book? 11 — Which should one consult, the Table of contents, or the index, for: a. A general outline of the subject treated in a book? b, A page for some item in the book? 12 — One reference from the specimen page of the index to Lecky's England in the eighteenth century reads as follows: Whitefieid, George: early life and character; II: 600; visits Georgia, 605; in Londoii, 613; character and genius, ib. Give the volume and page for the last reference. 3 — Where is the index usually placed when the work is in : -o a. One volume? -, c b. In two or more volumes (unless the set is very large)? -o c. In a work of an unusually large number of volumes? ^ "3 x: 4 — Is an index ever found at the front of a volume? 5 — Is an index always in one alphabet, or are there sometimes separate indexes for separate topics? 6 — If an index refers to pages in Roman numerals, would the reference be likely to be found in the ^ front of the book, or in the main body of the book? ^ '« 7 — James Rowland Sill's poem entitled "The Fool's Prayer," the first line of which is "The royal %. feast was done," is in a number of collections of poems. To what word in alphabetical order should one turn to find the poem through : 23 a. At tie index? b. An author index? c. A first line index? .S 8— What do the following mean? g, a. ib. (or ibid) 4) b. sq. (sometimes seq.; plural sqq., sometimes seqq.), also f. (plural ff.) a» Q c. What is sometimes used between pages to show that the reference includes all the inter- E vening pages? g © 9 — If an index has some special features or abbreviations not common to all indexes, where are "O they usuallj' explained? S Directions for Using Perforated Page of Questions and Key Which appear on the reverse side of this cover The questions which appear on the reverse side of this cover, on a perforated colored sheet, are not difficult, detailed or "catchy." They are intended to emphasize important points and to systematize the work for class records. The answers, which can easily be given after the text has been carefully read, should be written, from memory, in the blank spaces under the questions, preferably in class time unless directed to do otherwise by the one in charge of the work. The perforated sheet should be torn out in the presence of the one conduct- ing the class and only after it has been filled in. When directed to remove the questions, insert pencil in the hole and rip around the perforated edges. A key, by means of which the work can be checked, is printed on the cover under the question page, but is not revealed until after the question page is removed. This key consists of the same questions, with the correct answer to each printed below it. The value of each question, on the scale of 100, is indicated after the answer in the key. By means of this key, students could correct their own or each other's work in a few moments, in case the librarian or teacher could not take the extra time to do so. If the one who corrects the paper finds an incorrect answer, the amount to be deducted should be placed on the outer right-hand margin, near the mistake. These amounts should be added, the sum subtracted from 100, and the result placed after the word "Per cent." at the top of the sheet. The questions are asked in such a way as to admit of very little variety in the wording of the answers. However, if the wording of a written answer is mani- festly correct, and perfectly clear, but not exactly like the printed answer, of course no deduction should be made. Do not deduct for spelling, nor for abbreviated statements if they are perfectly clear. If the one who corrects a paper marks a question wrong which the writer considers correct, the two should examine the key together, or ask advice from the one in charge of the class. Reference Guides That Should be Known and How to Use Them By Florence M. Hopkins Librarian Central High School and Junior College Detroit, Michigan This Pamphlet Pertains to Atlases — City Directories — Gazetteers TIME REQUIRED Two class periods and Preparation of one lesson THE WILLARD COMPANY 479 SIXTH STREET DETROIT ' MICHIGAN Copyright by FLORENCE M. HOPKINS 19 19 Foreword This pamphlet is one of a series on the use of reference books. The complete series constitutes a second edition of "Reference guides that should be known and how to use them," which first appeared in 1916 as a text book for high and normal schools. The revision treats important phases of reference work in separate pamphlets, thus making it possible to grade the work, or to select the pamphlets best fitted to meet individual needs. Generally speaking, any one of the pamphlets can be completed in two class periods plus time for the preparation of one lesson be- tween recitations. The entire course could be completed by advanced students in five or six weeks of one class and study period per day. The work can also be scattered in different years. If one subject per term were given in consecutive order to English classes, in high schools, beginning with^the B8 of junior high and ex- tending through the A12 of senior high, the work could be covered in two or three class and study periods per term; or, if familiarity with reference books is desired early in the school course, the most important subjects could be crowded into the early high school grades. The order in which the subjects of the pamph- lets are listed below suggests a logical sequence, whether the work is given slowly or rapidly or to lower or to upper grade students. 1 — Webster's New International Dictionary 2 — New Standard Dictionary 3 — Encyclopaedias 4 — Parts of a book 5 — Atlases; city directories; gazetteers 6— Concordances 7 — Library classification and card catalogue 8 — Indexes to periodical literature 9 — Year-books 10 — Commercial indexes 11 — Important publications of city, state and federal governments The inclusion of specimen pages from the reference books studied makes it possible for each student to follow all illustrative examples without making a trip to a library and waiting to have access to the complete reference work. No library will furnish a sufficient number of copies of expensive reference books to supply large classes adequately for detailed study; neither could a library afford to have pages in expensive reference books as badly worn and marked as they would become if many students were required to consult them for prepared lessons. Experie^aee' has pto^f/^d' tbkt the best results can be obtained if the work is begun inr^guiar ;cIass;recitatiohs by a librarian or a teacher reading the text with thcoliasfe.' - "ifc'ondWt'e'din'c'his way, no previous preparation will be neces- sary, either by the class or by the one who conducts it. As the reading of the text proceeds, it will be seen that important features of the reference books studied are emphasized by referring to the sample pages embodied in the text. With a little class direction of this kind the students can readily see the plan of the text, and can finish any unread pages independently as an assigned lesson for the next recitation. In classes composed of advanced students, or in cases of absence, the entire work could be done independently. The questions on the colored page fastened on the inside of the last cover are designed to emphasize important points and to systematize the work for class records. Blank spaces are left under the questions for the answers. When the questions are assigned as a lesson to be prepared out of class, and the answers are written from memory in the blank spaces during the class recitation following, the points are more thoroughly impressed than they are when the answers are written before coming to class, while having direct access to the text. A key, giving the answer to each question, together with its value on the scale of 100, will be found underneath the question sheet when it is removed. By means of this key, students can correct their own or another's work in a few minutes of class time, in case the librarian or teacher cannot give extra time to do so. Schools which ask a leading reference question in final examinations find that students give more attention to the work and therefore learn to value its importance. The following paragraphs are taken from the Foreword of the First Edition Possibly the best way of presenting the points which it is hoped this series of lessons may emphasize is to quote directly from the preface of a Bulletin on "Library instruction in universities, colleges and normal schools," from the United States Bureau of Education, 1914 — No. 34. Many educators of note, as well as college and university librarians, have emphasized the urgent necessity of instruction and training in "book-using skill." The place of the library in the work of all departments is one of increasing importance. The library is a resource or reservoir from which the student should draw constantly for information and inspiration. Every month of delay in instructing him in the meaning and use of the library lessens the efficiency of his course. Every new student should be required to take some course in which is given definite practical instruction in the handling of library tools. .... Such a course, more- over, should not only be required, but it should constitute a definite part of the work required for a degree. 2 Atlases: City Directories: Gazetteers The preparation of maps and atlases is a feature by itself in book publishing. Special atlases for particular subjects, and general atlases for ordinary use are needed. We, therefore, have atlases for astronomy; railroads; history; commerce; and many other subjects, as well as an infinite number of maps for the world; different countries; different sections of a country; counties; cities; road maps. An Atlas Index An atlas index guides one to the location of the desired place on the map by means of letters and numbers; or, in geographical atlases, frequently by longi- tude and latitude. Indexes of places are arranged under different alphabetical plans in different atlases, as: a. At the back of the atlas; all places in one general alphabetical order. b. On the back of a map; places on that map only. c. On the margins of a map; places on that map only. Rand, McNally and Company have allowed a section of their map of Mississippi, in their New imperial atlas, to be slightly adjusted and reproduced for the purpose of illustrating the plan upon which an atlas index is arranged. Notice that capital letters appear at the top and at the bottom mar- gins of the map, a little over an inch apart, and that numbers appear at the right and at the left margins. (As this is a section of a map, the capital letters at the top of the complete map are pushed down.) By means of letters and numbers, the location of any place on the map can be found. Find the town of "Grafton" by looking within a radius of about an inch from the point where an imaginary line from "G" at the top to "G" at the bottom, would cross an imaginary line from "8" at the right, to "8" at the left. The spot cannot always be exactly located, but by looking in all directions near the intersection of lines as indicated the place can be found. Find the following: 1. Mathews H-7 3. Dexter: Longitude 90 Latitude 31 2. Folsom D-9 4. Farnell 1-9 Which gives a closer guide, longitude and latitude, or letters and numbers? A specimen entry of the alphabetical index to the complete atlas is repro- duced. This index Usts places in alphabetical order and indicates on what map they can be located. The first Princeton mentioned is in what state? The last Princeton mentioned, which is just above Princeton Depot, is in what state? How are the states sub-arranged? The population is given at the left of the names. What was the population of Princeton, Nebraska, when this map was published? Find Prentiss, Mississippi, in the index and locate it on the map. Though an atlas index usually gives population, it does not give such items as the length of a river, the height of a mountain, the area of a state. specimen Entry from Rand-McNally: New Imperial Atlas of the World Adapted from Section of Map of Mississippi Copyright : Rand-McNally & Company j- :._ :W L-l ^ \^h i:&> j_ -/ specimen Entry from the Index to the New Imperial Atlas of the World Copyright: Rand-McNally & Company a ac 3 i> . ..- •^ .^»^"; &,-«"» fl>>>. jOQW <5b50 _ o o 00^ I a a a a o o a; OJ I oj a^ 0) (U 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 000 00000 0000000000000000 000000000 0000 r^in • o • • -o 000 -Mooootooin -o -o oioto •lo^ooio • • -lOift — oeM---H i^-rj ors cm- -^m cmi^o • • • r^ o £ a a " 3 5 — 00 ? OT U^O :h : ' tiil^'^ bl^i"^ ^~ rt" O'^ 4, '^ C g r.H - - -'" -■'13 °5°£i«5oo^- .S"gj: i U-S33 a u titi DX3J3 0'^ (3 ;o <:> A 5>; :^2^ P O O O O m^ 1333333: a adds^'>^~ (icaa 017:5 >» •> cap ciig (u oj a> o o o o u o o fl ac 3 a a 3 SSS ;«««• "r-iOo ^^■^Q :OTHr^52:2 :_. oa : : .0 ;."&'«■='»« ago" _ _ ^ „ p QQoafcCQQHWfflKbo" ° oocjoooooooooouoooooooooo 00 CJ w acaacacaaaaaaacaaaacaaaaa X o 00 00 00 00000 0000 ooA.0.0 000,00000. 00000 ooou -s . .3 tsr'^ a aanaoooo O -OOTt^^^^ ■05,-.^tOoO -Of^iO ■ O QO »n C^J to lO l>" C\J 00 »0 CO •CM — '^reCJO -OOC "OrS •r-,»-.eO •CM-^TrOCMr^ C!-.* £ >i«j'5'd a a 6 ca es-rj B3 cs>J'*5 _ _ ,, ,„ 5 W>oSJ25S?»< .X^^viao-^^S 2 :o< a; • ^ I- •«« : M Z^ a ^." t^=d' ^ § 2; ^cacsx'^aoi: M • • • • > |=^^J «? «8 ll~ ■•'---• ■ - - w tJ tJ «-!<-> -k^ «J ♦J *j*j *j *J >»t>»cS,Q.O 1) u ^B eta a act g ca oj nj cs ts ODD©l>ftJw 0000000000 ^ C5< •O -OtOMO • O •OOt^'3< •T-. -O "JO •CO • Only upper section of page is given. Historical and Classical Atlases An atlas which is intended to show the possessions of different nations at different periods of history is called an "historical atlas." The dark portion of the following map shows what territory the Roman Empire controlled at its greatest extent. What was Spain called when it was part of the Roman Empire? What was France called? If an atlas is called "Classical," the maps relate to ancient history only, especially to that of Greece and Rome. Specimen Entry from Historical Maps in the Century Atlas '---1 y.^-M,, ^^^^—^ City Maps: Illustrated by Washington, D. C. The streets of a city map are usually indexed in a manner similar to the plan used for places in a general atlas. A map of the city of Washington, D. C, is reproduced to illustrate this feature. By means of the letters and numbers given in the index under "Points of interest" on the left-hand margin, find on the following map: "Executive mansion" ("White House") and tell what Department Building is on the east side of it, and what is on the west side. United States Capitol and tell what long avenue connects it with the "White House." Bureau of Engraving and Printing, where postage stamps are made, and tell what street is on the west side of it. The city is divided into north-east, north-west, south-east and south-west sections with reference to the Capitol. Beginning just north of the Capitol, the streets which run east and west are lettered A, B, C, etc., as far as M, and are distinguished as north. Corresponding streets south of the Capitol are also lettered from A to M in exactly the same way, and are distinguished as south. Streets running north and south are numbered from First street up, beginning on both the east and the west sides of the Capitol, and are distinguished as east or west. Most of the main avenues are named for states. By consulting the index of streets, on the right-hand margin of the map, find: "C" street north of the Capitol, and "C" street south of the Capitol, and tell which is the longer street. Find Massachusetts Av., and tell what railroad station is near the eastern end. Arrangement of City Directories: Illustrated by Washington, D. C. R. L. Polk & Company : Directories Information contained in a city directory is usually classified under four main sections, as follows: 1. "Miscellaneous information,^' giving such points as: location of schools, hospitals, city offices, churches, et cetera. This section is usually placed in the front of the directory and is preceded by an index. 2. Residents of the city, in alphabetical order by surnames. This con- stitutes the main portion of the directory. 3. Street and avenue guide, in alphabetical order, by street names, sub- arranged by house numbers; intersecting streets are also indicated. 4. Business directory, arranged alphabetically under name of business carried on in the city, as: grocers, druggists, lawyers, dentists. 7 A Map of the City Copyright : Rand Chut Open Mc?ber*on So. ~*?Kt, ""3 1 SLT.",: Supreme Court '•'.■,S,"*i., _JUUL^ S^ UDSD Lfllp s ^ osja^^Sggi^OT Main Portion of WASHINGTON, D.C SCALE Statute Miles. Washington, D. C. Nally & Company DDDDDC^ INPlllI MP.. ffiS S^ iJ O o o 2 o w z « m Specimen Entry under Towns from Indiana State Gazetteer R. L. Polk & Company 348 Bloominerdale R. L. POLK & CO.'S (1916) Bloomington Allie & Davles (Preston L AUie, Omer l M Davies), furniture* Bank of Bloomingdale (Capital $10.- 000). Walter B Shannon pres, Thomas H Pence vice-pres, Leonldas J Brown cashr Bloomlngdale Mill Co. Fred Durman *nngr, grain elevator Bloomingdale Produce Co (Walter B Shannon, George W and Abrahani L Havens) Bloomingdale World (weekly). Bert L Graham, publr Boswell & Co, lumber Brown Leonldas J, cashr Bank of Bloomingdale Coffin Frank, postmaster Cox Wm N, tailor and real estate Crump Wm. meats Fellowsi & Booe (Thaddeus Fellows, Warren A Booe), real estate and ins Gohman & Davis (Henry Gohman. Straugh Davis), grocers and hard- ware Graham Bert L, publr Bloomington World Green Fred G, physician Hanner James M. genl store Home Telephone Co. Jacob Gillan pres, Charles Nelson sec, Wm Chapman treas Kltchell Rose Mrs, livery Lamb Clarence V, mens furngs and shoes Lasley W A & Son (Wm A and Jewel V), genl store Lindley Alvln, confr and stationer Long Minnie, milliner Morgan Robert R. physician Morrison Elvin B, hardware Schatter Ella Mrs. hotel Singleton Christopher S, r r exp ana tel agt Union Clay Product Co, John H. CBoyli pres and mgr, pottery Van Camp Packing Co. W H Webb mgr Vickory Joseph C, insurance Wood Frank, live stock Wood Orville W, baker and confr Woodard M Foster, physician Woodard Solomon B. insurance BLOOMING grove; Population, 125. Is a village in town- ship of same name, Franklin county, 7 miles from Brookville from which there Is a stage line and rural free de- livery. BLOOMINGPORT Population, 100. A village in Wash- ington township, Randolph county, 10 miles south of Winchester, the county seat and 2 miles from Carlos, the back- ing town and shipping point. Rural ^ free delivery from Lynn. BLOOMINGTON A city of 12,00 population, located in Bloomington and Perry townships. ^ Monroe county, on C. I. & L. and I. C. and is the county seat. Thpre newspapers, the "Tele- 6 phone" and "World-Courier." The In- g dlana State University is located here and there are graded and high public schools. There are 13 churches repre- senting the leading religious denomina **. II. R.'s, and is i 3 are 4 banks, 2 tlons. The leading Industries are oolitic limestone, gloves, creosoted ties, furniture, etc. The city has water works and electric light system and a good sewage system, also 6 miles of paved streets. The chamber of com- merce is an organization which Is ac- tive in advancing the Interests of the city, its progress and Its Industries. Exp.. Am. Tel., W. U. Oscar Cravens, postmaster. Adams T. meats Akin Raymond A. physician Akin Wm, mens furngs Allen A G Mrs, genl Ins Ault Bros (Dory L and Samuel N), garage Axsiom & HendrlX, 2d-hd goods AXTELL HARRY A, Attorney-at-Law, Real Estate, Insurance, Investments. Loans, Etc, East Side Public Square Baldwin Piano Co, Ed Williams agt Barrow H R, undertaker Barton O L. grocer Batman Fred H, pnysician Batman, Miller & Blair (Ira C Bat- man, Robert G Miller, James Blair), lawyers Beck James K, cashr Bloomington Natl Bank Becovitz Abraham, junk Becovitz Ben, clothing Beghtel Flossie, china decorator Beldon A H, real estate Bell Charles, books Bell & McKinley (Oscar G Bell, R C McKinley) clothes cleaners Benckart George A, baker Bender Bros, clothing Bender Frank M, grocer Beyer John C. milliner Blerley Ora A, bicycle repr Blair James W, lawyer Blakely Horace, grocer Blakcly W O & Sons, grocers Bloomington Band, Oscar Seward Idr Bloomington Basket Co, C B Townsend mgr BLOOMINGTON BOILER WORKS, Wm Canty Propr Smoke Stacks, Flue Welding. All Kinds of Boiler and Sheet Iron ^Vork Promptly Done 620 S Morton, Tel 1454 (See page 133) Bloomington Bottling Co, W S Brown mgr Bloomington Chamber of Commerce. S F Teter pres, R G Brusch sec Bloomington Hospital Bloomington Ice Co. Wm Smith mgr Bloomington Milling Co Bloomington National Bank (Capital $100,000). W H Adans pres, James K Beck cashr Bloomington National Loan Assn. H D Orchard sec Bloomington Poster Adv Co, Lovell Day mgr Blomington Public Library, Helen Bar- bour librarian Bloomington Telephone (daily), W D Bradfute publr Bloomington Wholesale Grocery Co. C C Smallwood mngr Bloomington & Bedford Stone Co, H P ■Radley mngr BOLLENBACHER GEORGE W, Indiana Oolitic Limestone. Rough, Scabbled. Sawed. Planed, Turned, Dressed, Bed- ford Stone, First Natl Bank Bldg Elevator Safety Gates and Fire Door Equipment Richmond Safety Gate Co.» • • Richmond; ladlasia 15 Specimen Entry under Business from Indiana State Gazette R. L. Polk & Company AMERICAN VALVE and TANK COMPANY Indianapolis, Indiana, U. S. A. 1432 Grocers — Retail R. L. POLK & CO.'S (1916) Grocers — Retail Kastner Andrew Kelley C E Macker H E Niebaum E H & S©n Peters F A Snyder A R Steele John Stei&enwald Chas Teaney D B Wood Harry Zeh R S Cutshaw D W Scott C Crothers Frank Knauer & Sons Crpdian C "(R D) Denny E R Ford Frank Hines J M Arnold L E Staley Frank Gauck John Schroeder W J P Schuck Henry Zierer A J Zierer Louis Howell R S Moore J S Allen M F Bartlett C V Beard J W Benzel C H Birdwell A & Son Bolding Faris Buchanan Stephen Donica W C Elliott G P Endris Louis Peltner J W Fi61d Howard Fish John jr Gainey H T Henderson' Bros Ikerd Bros Jones Carl Kinser Eli Lane M ,D Long W S Owen Charles Rainbolt L E Rariden Stewart Richardson F P Shrout J A Snow Joseph Snow R L Stipp B A Weaver B C Wood R C Wood W P Aurora Avilla Bainbridfre Balbec Bass Batesville Battle Ground Beech Grove Schnvidt Henry Wheat W R Cochran Edw B (R D) Bennett's Switch Kraemer Wm Strine C A Smuller Bros -Liechty R E Smith Orva Dixon Daniel Forgey C W Hart J G Horn Chester H;umbaugh Satnticil Ice & Son Klllian & Blcknell Mackey Ralph Russell Bros Threlkefd A P Weldon O. E Bennettsville Benton Bentonville Berne Bicknell Wells Walter Whittaker Ottawa Clem Cyrus Lanzoni Martin Lundwell G P Calvert E O Chaney Charles Edington & Knapp Plater J B Inman J T McLaughlin A W Stalcup Glenn Goham & Davis Barton O L Bender P M Blakely Horace Blakely W O & Sons Bowles H H Brown L J Buffalo Allen Clark George Clark W S Collins & Seidle Cooper J H Gillispie G P (R D) Henin W L Johnston Wm Kelley E A Kirby & Norman Mc An inch W A Miller W A Moore Howard (R D) Myers F S Norris I A Ranard R\ L Rhodes Mason Riggs H F Ross J T Sentney W S Shaffer & Curry Siscoe H K Smith T H Smith & Coffey Spencer Homer Tandy D L Tarkington W D & Co Todd Wm Walker G A Whitaker Morton Woodward J W & Son Wylie S O Blount & Son Conklin Lee Goodin & DeHaven Grove & Hunt Kershiner H M McCleery Samuel Markley & Son Painter J H Stover G E Wiltse C S & Sons Bateman U G B Baum Bros Bordman Clarence (R D) Bryan A C Crenshaw .fe Youngblood (R D) Gentry L C Goad G M Jeffries N M Kelley J W Lutz Philip Metz C F Parker Henry & Son Phillips C W Reed J B Scales & Gowen Shields H P Stephens ~S L Tennyson & Son Blanford Bloomingdale Bloomington Blountsville BlufCton ENCLOSURKe ELEVATOR. qiSHlER, RAW STOCK OR TOOLS. Centiil ^e & Iron Wks., indian apous. ini>. Questions for Atlases; City Directories; Gazetteers Student's name Per cent Teacher's name Hour reciting Date. . . Have you read the directions on the back of this cover? Answer yes or no. What does 3000 mean? What, 50? What is the letter and number guide? what? -If one wished to locate the office of the Board of Health in a city, the index of what section of a city directory should be consulted? Where in the directory is this section usually located? b. Where, in the Standard dictionary? c. Where, in the Century? d. Which would give more about the river, the dictionaries or Lippincott's Gazetteer of the world? e. Would an atlas index give the length of the river? f. Would an encyclopaedia give information about the river? g. Do encyclopjedias contain maps? 1 — AH places in the Century atlas are indexed in the back of the book, in one alphabet. After "^ each town the population is given, the number of the map on which it is situated, and a s letter and number guide for tracing it. One entry reads as follows: Wallace: Idaho, as 3000; 50; D-2. *5^ 2 — What kind of an atlas should be consulted to show the size of France at different periods of J^ her history? « .& 3 — If the word "classical" appears in the title of an atlas, do the maps pertain to general or "O to ancient history? « a» . "S 4 — If one wished to locate an unfamiliar place, Schenevus, for example, an atlas index arranged •*■ under which of the following plans should be consulted? (May answer by letter.) a. Places on each map on the back of that map. b. AU places in one alphabet at the back of the atlas. c. Places on each map on the margin of that map. C3 5 — The word "gazetteer" in the title of a book indicates that it gives information pertaining to '§ K 7 — In what section of a city directory could a list of the druggists of the city be found? Where in Q. the directory is this section located? « s 8 — In what section, located where in a city directory, could one find between what streets a certain ^ house number comes? g o 9 — What publication gives information for a state, similar to that which a city directory gives *^ for a city? "5 I 10 — a. Where, in Webster's dictionary, could the length of the Amazon river be found? ;§ Directions for Using Perforated Page of O^^estions and Key Which appear on the reverse side of this cover The questions which appear on the reverse side of this cover, on a perforated colored sheet, are not difficult, detailed or ''catchy." They are intended to emphasize important points and to systematize the work for class records. The answers, which can easily be given after the text has been carefully read, should be written, from memory, in the blank spaces under the questions, preferably in class time unless directed to do otherwise by the one in charge of the work. The perforated sheet should be torn out in the presence of the one conduct- ing the class and only after it has been filled in. When directed to remove the questions, insert pencil in the hole and rip around the perforated edges. A key, by means of which the work can be checked, is printed on the cover under the question page, but is not revealed until after the question page is removed. This key consists of the same questions, with the correct answer to each printed below it. The value of each question, on the scale of 100, is indicated after the answer in the key. By means of this key, students could correct their own or each other's work in a few moments, in case the librarian or teacher could not take the extra time to do so. If the one who corrects the paper finds an incorrect answer, the amount to be deducted should be placed on the outer right-hand margin, near the mistake. These amounts should be added, the sum subtracted from 100, and the res^t placed after the word "Per cent." at the top of the sheet. The questions are asked in such a way as to admit of very Httle variety in the wording of the answers. However, if the wording of a written answer is mani- festly correct, and perfectly clear, but not exactly like the printed answer, of course no deduction should be made. Do not deduct for spelling, nor for abbreviated statements if they are perfectly clear. If the one who corrects a paper marks a question wrong which the writer considers correct, the two should examine the key together, or ask advice from the one in charge of the class. Reference Guides That Should be Known and How to Use Them By Florence M. Hopkins Librarian Central High School and Junior College Detroit, Michigan This Pamphlet Pertains to Concordances TIME REQUIRED Two class periods aad Preparation of one lesson THE WI LLARD 4 7 9 SIXTH DETROIT COMPANY STREET MICHIGAN Copyright by FLORENCE M. HOPKINS 19 19 Foreword This pamphlet is one of a series on the use of reference books. The complete series constitutes a second edition of "Reference guides that should be known and how to use them," which first appeared in 1916 as a text book for high and normal schools. The Revision treats important phases of reference work in separate pamphlets, thus making it possible to grade the work, or to select the pamphlets best fitted to meet individual needs. Generally speaking, any one of the pamphlets can be completed in two class periods plus time for the preparation of one lesson be- tween recitations. The entire course could be completed by advanced students in five or six weeks of one class and study period per day. The work can also be scattered in different years. If one subject per term were given in consecutive order to English classes, in high schools, beginning with the B8 of junior high and ex- tending through the A12 of senior high, the work could be covered in two or three class and study periods per term; or, if familiarity with reference books is desired early in the school course, the most important subjects could be crowded into the early high school grades. The order in which the subjects of the pamph- lets are Hsted below suggests a logical sequence, whether the work is given slowly or rapidly or to lower or to upper grade students. 1 — Webster's New International Dictionary 2 — New Standard Dictionary 3 — Encyclopaedias 4 — Parts of a book 5 — ^Atlases; city directories; gazetteers 6 — Concordances 7 — Library classification and card catalogue 8 — Indexes to periodical literature; debates 9 — Year-books 10 — Commercial indexes 11 — Important publications of city, state and federal governments The inclusion of specimen pages from the reference books studied makes it possible for each student to follow all illustrative examples without making a trip to a library and waiting to have access to the complete reference work. No library will furnish a sufficient number of copies of expensive reference books to supply large classes adequately for detailed study; neither could a library afford to have pages in expensive reference books as badly worn and marked as they would become if many students were required to consult them for prepared lessons. mmwt^'^- Exp.erifijjjQ. has, .proved that. the best results can be obtained if the work is begun in- re^wlatf 'cla^g "rpi^t^^joris by a librarian or a teacher reading the text with the class. If conducted in this way, no previous preparation will be neces- sary, either by the class or by the one who conducts it. As the reading of the text proceeds, it will be seen that important features of the reference books studied are emphasized by referring to the sample pages embodied in the text. With a little class direction of this kind the students can readily see the plan of the text, and can finish any unread pages independently as an assigned lesson for the next recitation. In classes composed of advanced students, or in cases of absence, the entire work could be done independently. The questions on the colored page fastened on the inside of the last cover are designed to emphasize important points and to systematize the work for class records. Blank spaces are left under the questions for the answers. When the questions are assigned as a lesson to be prepared out of class, and the answers are written from memory in the blank spaces during the class recitation following, the points are more thoroughly impressed than they are when the answers are written before coming to class, while having direct access to the text. A key, giving the answer to each question, together with its value on the scale of 100, will be found underneath the question sheet when it is removed. By means of this key, students can correct their own or another's work in a few minutes of class time, in case the librarian or teacher cannot give extra time to do so. Schools which ask a leading reference question in final examinations find that students give more attention to the work and therefore learn to value its importance. The following paragraphs are taken front the Foreword of the First Edition Possibly the best way of presenting the points which it is hoped this series of lessons may emphasize is to quote directly from the preface of a Bulletin on "Library instruction in universities, colleges and normal schools," from the United States Bureau of Education, 1914 — No. 34, Many educators of note, as well as college and university librarians, have emphasized the urgent necessity of instruction and training in "book-using skill." The place of the library in the work of all departments is one of increasing importance. The library is a resource or reservoir from which the student should draw constantly for information and inspiration. Every month of delay in instructing him in the meaning and use of the library lessens the efficienc}^ of his course. Every new student should be required to take some course in which is given definite practical instruction in the handling of library tools. .... Such a course, more- over, should not only be required, but it should constitute a definite part of the work required for a degree. Concordances A concordance is simply a very complete index, confined to words instead of to subjects. It is designed to help one to find just where a quotation occurs in an author's work, even though only a part of the quotation is known. Only a few very prominent authors such as Shakespeare, Wordsworth, Milton, Tennyson and a few others, have a separate concordance for their works. Cruden's concordance to the Bible was the first concordance ever published (1737). Books which collect quotations from scattered sources usually have a very complete index of all important words in the quotations selected, thus making ft kind of miscellaneous concordance. The pages which follow are inserted to illustrate how a concordance is to be used. Suppose one wishes to find who is the author of the following quotation, or in which of his works it may be found: "Hark! hark! the lark at heaven's gate sings." If the author is known, one might consult a concordance of his works to find in which one of them the quotation appears. If the author is not known, a book of miscellaneous quotations should be con- sulted. A.mong the many good books of quotations there are at least two with which one should be familiar: Bartlett: Familiar quotations. (Quotations collected under authors. Some Bible quotations included.) Hoyt: Cyclopaedia of quotations. (Quotations collected under subjects. No Bible quotations.) An Illustration from Bartlett's Familiar Quotations To find the author of a quotation which appears in the collection made by Bartlett, or in almost any other good collection, first consult the index under any prominent word. To illustrate, for the quotation selected, "Hark! hark! the lark at heaven's gate sings," look in the index under "hark" or "lark" or "heaven's" or "gate." The page following is taken from the index to Bartlett's Familiar quotations under the word "heaven's." Every time the word "heaven's" occurs in any quotation in the book, it is indexed in connection with important catch words in the quotation. Consult the specimen page from the index, find the word "heaven's" (in the pos- sessive case, not plural) and notice that the catch word first mentioned after "heaven's" begins with "b," "best treasures," and that the last catch word begins with "w," "wide pathless way." The important catch words are sub- arranged in alphabetical order. Find the word "gate" alphabetically among the catch words, and give the other words in the quotation which follow it. What page is referred to? Page 159 of Bartlett's Familiar quotations is reproduced, and follows the specimen page from the index. Consult it, and mention the author whose name appears on the top of the page. The selections made by Bartlett are classified under author. Glance down the page until the desired quotation, which is quite a long one, is found. After it, the abbreviation "ibid." appears. This abbre- viation comes from the Latin word ibidem, which means in the same place. It is used something as ditto marks might be, to indicate that the quotation comes from exactly the same place as the one directly preceding it, which is scene 3. Act 2, from which this scene comes, is mentioned a few lines above. The name of the play, from which all quotations below it come, CymbeHne, is given one line above Act 2. The quotation therefore comes from what author? What play? What act? And what scene? Be careful to understand why the answers to the above questions should be: Shakespeare; Cymbehne; Act 2; scene 3. Give the play, act, and scene for each of the following quotations, all of which appear on the specimen page: "Prouder than rustling in unpaid-for silk." "I have immortal longings in me." "Let's do it after the high Roman fashion." A Specimen Entry from the Index to Bartlett's Familiar Quotations Copyrighted by Little, Brown & Company INDEX. 1209 Heaven was not heaven if Phaon, 665. were not heaven if we knew what it were, 256. when earth was nigher, 705. will bless your store, 433. winds of, visit her face, 128. wisdom sits alone topmost m, 726. with all its splendors, 733. with earth, melting, 653. Heavens blaze forth the death ol princes, 112. bowed the high, 23. declare the glory of God, 1011- givest the, their holiest hue, 751. hear these tell-tale women, 97. hung be the, with black, 93. opened and blazed, ail the, 680. should fall, if ever the, 957. spangled, a shining frame, 300. that which we caU the, 903. to gain the, 794. Heaven's be^t treasures, 387. breath smells wooingly, 117. chancery, flew up to, 379. cherubim horsed, 118. decree, curst by, 398. ebon vault, 568. eternal year is thine, 270. first law, order is, 319. gate, the lark at, 159. gates, she claps her wings at, 32. hand, argue not against, 209. help is better than early nsing, 976. immortal noon, 566. last best gift, 235. lights, godfathers of, 54. melodious strains, 695. own Ught, 496. pavement, riches of, 225. Sovereign saves, 308. sweetest air, 162. wide pathless way, 250. Heaven-bom band, 465. Heaven-directed to the poor, 321. Heaven-eyed creature, 486. Heaven-kissing hill, 140. Heavenly air is blent with blue, as, 729. blessings, 302. cr>'Btal flood, 821. days that cannot die, 469. empire of the, 29. Father may assuage, pray the, bbU. gift of poesy, profaned thy, 270. habitants, converse with, 245. harmony, from, 271. hope is all serene, 535. host, ye, 278. jewel, have I caught my, 34. lays, pure delight by, 477. maid was young, 390. music, that, 587. paradise is that place, 485. spirits, is there love in, 28. woods and glades, 817. Heaven-taught lyre, 377. Heaviest battalions, 987. mourniug, lightest heart mpkes. 653. Heaviest words, all, 790. Heaviness, spirit of, 1026. Heavy and red, eyelids, 594. change, but O the, 247. Hebrew in the dying Ught, 623. Hector still survives, while, 338. Hecuba to him. what 's, 134. Hedge a king, divinity doth, 142. Hedgehog rolled up, lies like a, 593. Heed for himself, will take no, 470. take, lest he fall, 1037. Heeds not he hears not, 623. Heedless, unwise to be, 901. Heel, at his, a stone, 405. despot's, is on thy shore, 813. of the courtier, 143. tread each other's, 308. tread upon another's, 143. Heels, Ca>sar with a senate at his, 31* detraction at your, 76. I took to my, 889. of pleasure, treads upon the, 295. slippers good to the, 690. with an income at its, 415. Height, gray unmeasured, 790. objects in an airy, 287. of man, measure of the, 905. of this great argument, 223. ^ sunshine dreaming upon Salmons, Heights by great men reached, 643. look beyond the, 784. on the, it is warmer, 997. other, in other Hves, 706. the soul is competent to gain, 480. Heir of all the ages, 669. of fame, great, 251. the world creation's, 394. to, shocks that flesh is, 135. to the first, each second stood, 149. with all her children wants an, 321. Heirs of truth and pure delight. 477. imknown, 321. Held thv guard, so grimly, 749. to their faith unseduced, 746. tu, say nothin' thet you can be, 737. Helen, hke another, 272. Helen's beauty in a brow of Egypt, 59. Helicon's harmonious springs, 382. Helios, Antigonus the son of, 926. Hell, agreement with, 633, 1026. all places shall be, 41. ^ alternate heaven and, 763. beholding heaven feehng, 526. better to reign in, 224. blasts from, 130. broke loose, all, 234. characters of, to trace, 383.^ contains no fouler fiend, 345. cunning livery of, 48. damned use that word in, lOS. day and night and death and. o(t». detests him as the gates of, 338. fear of, 's a hangman's wlup, 418. for hoarding went to, 95. for horses, England, 192. for women, Italy, 192. A Specimen Entry from Bartlett's Familiar Quotations Copyrighted by Little, Brown & Company SHAKESPEARE. 159 O, wither'd is the garland of the war, The soldier's pole is fallen,-' Antony and Cleopatra. Act iv. Sc. IS Let 's do it after the high floman fashion. jbid. For his bounty, There was no winter in 't ; an autuum 't was That grew the more by reaping. Act v. Sc. 2. If there be, or ever were, one such, It 's past the size of dreaming. lud. Mechanic slaves With greasy aprons, rules, and hammers. ibui. I have Immortal longings in me. jina Lest the bargain should catch cold and starve. Cymbeline. Act i. Sc. 4. Hath his bellyful of fighting. Act a. Sc. 1. How bravely thou becomest thy bed, fresh lily. Sc. 2. The most patient man in loss, the most coldest that ever turned up ace. Sc. 3. Hark, hark ! the lark at heaven's gate sings, And Phoebus 'gins arise,^ His steeds to water at those springs On chaliced flowers that lies ; And winking Mary-buds begin To ope their golden eyes : With everything that pretty is. My lady sweet, arise. ibid. As chaste as unsunn'd snow. Sc. 6. Some griefs are medicinable. Act Hi. Sc. 2. F?onder than rustling in unpaid-for silk. itc. 3, 1 See Marlowe, page 41. 2 See Lyly, page 32. An Illustration from Hoyt's Cyclopaedia of Quotations The author of the quotation illustrated through Bartlett's Familiar quota- tions "Hark! hark! the lark at heaven's gate sings" could also be found in many other collections of quotations. In order to become familiar with different forms of entry, specimen pages from Hoyt's Cyclopaedia of quotations are also reproduced. The quotation could be found under the word ''heaven's" in this book also, but, for the sake of variety, the word "lark" is selected. Notice on the specimen page from the index, which follows, that the catch words under lark are in sub-alphabetical order, and that the word lark is not always repeated, but is frequently represented by the letter "1." Under lark, sub-alphabetical order "the lark," the third catch words are in alphabetical order. Find the catch words, "the 1. at," give the page referred to, and the letter following the page. The letter "h" after 49 refers to the position of the quotation on page 49. The asterisk (*) indicates that the quota- tion is from the author indicated by the * at the bottom of the page. Who is he? What author is indicated by two **? Notice signs at the bottom of the page used for other authors. A specimen entry from page 49 follows the index entry. Turn to it and notice that the quotations are lettered in order just before the author's name, beginning with a, and also notice that the authors are in alphabetical order, beginning with M. (Under s, the name Shakespeare is understood through the titles of his plays). Find "h," and give the act, scene, and line from which this quotation comes in a song in the play of Cymbeline. All of the quotations on this page from Hoyt refer to what subject and what division of it as indicated at the top of the page? The quotations in Hoyt are arranged under subject; those in Bartlett are arranged under author. Turn again to the index under lark, sub-alphabetical "up springs the lark, shrill," and give the letter on page 49 under which the quotation is placed. Turn to the specimen entry of page 49, find the quotation, and give the author, poem, and line cited. By a similar method find the authors, poems and hues for the following quotations: "Sky-poised lark." "Gentle lark, weary of." Under the word "language" in the index, sub-alphabetical "w," find "with no language but a cry," and name the author by finding his name at the bottom of the page, preceding the sign indicated. Trace the following in a similiar way: "Old landlord's hospitable door." "Stick to the last" (not your). "Nothing is too late, till the." 7 A Specimen Entry from the Index to Hoyt's Cyclopaedia of Quotations Copyrighted by Funk & Wagnalls Company LAND. LAUGH. 989 Blaves— in a land of light. . .560 h stories from the 1. of spirits383 d sweet laud of liberty 469 n that travel by 1. or by water607 o the 1. is dearer for the sea. .460 c the land of scholars. 115 n the land of shadows 344 o the land of the free 468 / the land retains it never. . .459 n the land's betray'dj: 390 b they love their land 118 e to fight for such a land 469 ^• to the use of land 184 o what Lis this? yon pretty§. 97 t when many a subject land|| Ma without the use of land 838 v Landlady-the 1. andTam ...271aa Landlord-L's laugh was 340 k old l.'s hospitable doorj. ..ASiio Landmark-1. of a new§ 131 c Landmarks-at once, and 1. . . 67 d life hath set no 1 348 s Lands-have roam'd o'er :i70m know the lands are lit 229 o lands not yet laid down§... 90 c lands were fairly portioned687 A: leads to thel. where sorrow568 y let other lands, exulting. . .266 x the union of lands 627to though not of lands 112 n to northern lands, again... 391 6 to shine in other lands 192 I Landscape-asoftl. of mild. 11.655 h darkens the landscape o'er§261 g eternal 1. of the pastt 466 p golden wand o'er the l.§. . .585 n o'er the darken'd 1.** 99 r 1. lay as if new created§ 542 m landscape tire the view. .. 410 « thing in a landscape 549 o Landsmen-list, ye 1. all, to. .446 b Lane-lane where there is no. 376 o the wonders of the lane 614 b Lanes-among the crooked 1 . .3'.'3 k in the leafy 1. and by-paths§ 33 t Language-accent is thtj soul. 775 c attempts to use language.. 720 g Chatham's 1. was his 48G g confound the 1. of the S^Ow enlargement of the 1 .514 / entrance into the language.COo o eyeshaveonel.everywhere£05 b in language plain 450 g in tiieological language 5i0 s language I have liv'd in*.. 3.53 it 1. in her eye, her cheek*. ...339 z I. in their very gesture* 310 d 1. is a city to the building. . 839 u language is fossil poetry . .339 v 1. is only the instrument . . .339 a; 1. is the expression of ideas 340 g language of another world 1415 j language of mankind§ 405 t 1. of their farm field spolie.340 h language of truth is 747 k language of truth issimple748 / 1. quaint and oldeng 218 r 1. spoken by angels§ 405 w language tlie actors spoke. 520 r 1. wherewith springt 226 e 1. yet with us abode 574 s learning mo your 1.* 840 / love's truest language.. . 216 / might the language be 90 I mystic language bears 219m nature'sendofi. isdeclined340 i noble and expressive 1. . . . 447 c no language but a cryt 82 A: retain an identity of 1 840 g speaKs a various language.410 j strangled his 1. in his* 591 n sweet tears! vheawful 1... .591 j? tears are the silent 1 592 r the Eternal's language§....255n those lips had language 346 u to his 1. the license to 665 a with no language buta cryt372 s you taught me language* . . 340 / Languaged-well 1. Danyel. . .3;39 o Languages-agreat feast of l.*514 1 1. are no more than the 353 c 1. especially the deadn 841 s silent in seven languages . .554 v speaks tliree or four 1.* 353 I well worth all languages in 92 g Languish-relieve my 1., and. 561 e Languor-1. is a punishment. .813 p makel. smile, and smooth^ 11 a Lantern-bear you the 1.* 84 g in thy dark 1. thus close**.. 416 n lantern the moon 267 o lantern to my feet * 275 s the lantern of the night 397 i Lanterns-king made 1 421 o Laocoon-say of the L. how . .452 k Lap-and lap it in Elysium**. 557 j drop into thy mother's 1.** 10 s Earth's prolific lap 237 o fill your lap and fillT 245m in her full lap 224 i in my mother's lap** 149 i lap dogs breathe their last}iJ09 h 1. me in soft Lydian airs**. 406 d lap of autumn bloom 245 / strew the green lap* 249 i sun had long since in the 1.584p upjon the lap of earth 379 c Lapidary-inl. inscriptions a.419 e Lapland-lovely as aLaplandt 12 I Lapse-since thy original 1.**. lA to lapse in fulness* 199 t Lapwing-a 1. by th' avenging 48 g Beatrice like a 1. runs* 48 j desert-walks the 1. flies 48 i lapwynge full of trecherye. 48 h Larcenous-play her 1. tricks.. 654 u Larch-l. has hung all his 614 o tuft the larcht 59 e Lard-they 1. their lean books.474 I Larded-nuts 1. many swine.. 616 ;i so larded with my matter*.449 b Larder-keeps our larder lean. 23 c Large-heaven not so large as.297 n large enough for me 297 n twice as large, measured.. .101 I Largeness-abound in 1 96 j' largeness of his head 246 e Larger-1 than this we leave. 132 e Lark-gentle 1., weary of* 49 k in lark and nightingale 49 6 it is the lark that sings* 49 i I took this lark for a 49m it was the lark, the herald* 49 j 1. becomes a sightless songtGlO j 1. beside the dreary winter.. 135 i 1. left his ground nest** — 48 r lark that singest like 159 r merry lark was up 135 i nightingale and not the 1.*. 52 b no lark so blithe as he 110 6 none but the lark so shrill.. 48 q note of lark and linnet§ 117 h rise -nith the lark 38 e rise with the lark and with.503w sing as sweetly as the 1.* . . . 44 m sing so like a lark* 55 c soars within the little lark.. 48 k sky-poised 1." Hark — hark. 49 c the 1. at heaven's gate* 49 A the lark begin his flight**. . 49 a the lark now leaves his 48 7i the lark sung loud, the . . 49 g the lark that shuns on lofty. 49 r the merry lark he soars .... 48m the morning sky the lark. .,445 r to rise with the 1. , and go . . .507 w wak'd by the lark* 400 y wakes the lark to sing 51 r will soar above the* 47 n up springs the lark, shriU.. 49 p Larks-catch larks if ever the. 252 g mounting 1., while Daphne^ 49 d thinlc we may have larks. . .167 e Larkspur-larkspur listenst...366 r Larkspurs-1. many hued 219 / Larums-loud 1., neighing*.. .659 e Lashed-lash'd into Latin by. .853 g Lashes-an' teary roun' thet+.590«; 1. are the herbs that look. . .191 p underneath their long 194 a Lass-and a lass is good 280 I a penniless 1. wi'alang 657w drink to the lass 604 r give him his 1. his fiddle 78 s here's a health to the lass. .604 t Lasses-then she made theL ..654w Lassitude-a pleasing 1 560 I Last-after 1. returns the 101 b although the last not least*495 j beauteous race the last. . . .229 d comes 1. is commonly best.474jn ever look to his last day — 690 / eyes, look your last* 139 / for your last day 738 o I am the last of my race. . .764 i I drain should be my last... 142 6 is no last nor first 273 s joys too exquisite to last. . .329 s 1. at his cross, and earliest. 654 r 1. day places man in the 600 h 1. extend the shoe too wide.453 b last, not least in love* 304 w last of all the Romans* 287 c 1. piece of good fortune — 700 p 1. some people twice the — 524 i last till doomsday* 458 v last to lay the old aside+. . .212 w on his last legs 502/ife pleas'd to the 1. he cropsj. .475 r shines upon you is the last. 738 7t stick to the lasttt 285 g stick to your last 680 jj th' approaches of the 1 110 j that man may last 319 n thel. is inferior to the 679/ theL still loveliest, tmi|....034 a though last not least 506 o Lasting-nothing can be 1 737 o Latch-gentle hand was at the044aa leaves it upon thelatch§ VS5m lifts the 1. and enters with. 9 a the latch is fast 415 fc to lift the latch, and force. .539 6 Latches-rural latches to his* 126 j Latchets-1. of his sandalg ... 187 o Late-better late than never. .496 g comfort comes too late* 100 n he comes too 1. that comes.594 a joy 1. coming late departs. .329 j 1. and soon getting andH. . . .689 ( late, but seriously 804 h L, so 1. 1 but we can entert.147 o lived an age too late 287 j love that comes too late*. .362 »• nothing is tool, till the§. ..147 I see thee now, though late. .409m sorrow never comes too 1. . .582 o to-day itself 's too L— the. ..605 k too 1. 1 stayed— forgive the.603 p white rose weeps, she ist. ..366 r you come L, yet you come. 791 g Latest-1. spoken still are 664 c my latest found** 645 / Latin-goodmylord,noLatin*353 k Greek and L. speaks with. .353 / he speaks Latin* 353 i lash'd into Latin by the 353 gr L. was no more difficile 353 d small L. and less Greek 550 n that soft bastard LatinJ ... .853 e Latin-bred-L-b. woman 495 k Latitude-which have a 1 263 a Lattice-through his 1. peeped.369 d through the wreathed I. . . . 56 / Laud-wel. and magnifyt — 486 3 Laudable-harm, is often 1.*.. 5 1 Lauding-sing we I . and 165 i Laugh-and its dread laugh.. .341 g and laugh us into sense 341 /i angels L, too, at the good. .340 q a rippling laugh and out. . . 43 K Shakespeare * ; Milton ♦* ; Wobdswoeth H ; Byeon || ; Tennyson t ; Lowell t+ ; Pope t ; Longfellow §. specimen Entry from Hoyt's Cyclopaedia of Quotations Copyrighted by Funk & Wagnalls Company BIRDS— LARK. BIRDS— LARK. To hear the lark begin his flight, And singing startle the dull Night, From his watch-tower in the skies, Till the dappled dawn doth rise. a. Milton — L' Allegro. L. 41. The bird that soars on highest wing, Builds on the ground her lowly nest ; And she that doth most sweetly sing. Sings in the shade when all things rest : In lark and nightingale we see What honor hath humility. b. MoNTGOMEKY — Humility, I said to the sky-poised Lark : " Hark— hark ! Thy note is more loud and free Because there lies safe for thee A little nest on the ground." c. D. M. MuLOCK — A Rhyme About Birds. No more the mounting larks, while Daphne sings. Shall, list'ning, in mid-air suspend their wings. d. Pope — Pastorals. Winter. L. 53. O earliest singer ! O care-charming bird ! Married to morning, by a sweeter hymn Than priest e'er chanted from his cloister dim At midnight, — or veiled virgin's holier word At sunrise or the paler evening heard. e. Adelaide Procter — The Flood of Thessaly. O happy skylark springing Up to the broad, blue sky, Too fearless in thy winging, Too gladsome in thy singing, Thou also soon shalt lie Where no sweet notes are ringing. /. Christin.v G. Rossetti — Gone Forever. &i. 2. The sunrise wakes the lark to sing. g. Christina G. Rossetti — Bird Raptures. L. 1. Hark ! hark ! the lark at heaven's gate sings. And Phoebus 'gins arise. His steeds to water at those springs On chalic'd flowers that lies. h. Cymbeline — Act II. Sc. 3. Song. L. 21. It is the lark that sings so out of tune, Straining harsh discords and unpleasing sharps. i. Romeo and Juliet — Act III. Sc. 5. L. 27. It was the lark, the herald of the morn. j. Romeo and Juliet — Act III. Sc. 5. L. 6. Lo ! here the gentle lark, weary of rest. From his moist cabinet mounts up on high, And wakes the morning, from whose silver breast The sun ariseth in his majesty, fc. Venus and Adonis — L. 853. 4 Some say, that ever 'gainst that season cornea Wherein our Saviour's birth is celebrated. The bird of dawning singeth all night long : And then, they say, no spirit dare stir abroad ; The nights are wholesome; then no planets strike. No fairy takes, nor witch hath power to charm, So hallow'd and so gracious is the time. I. Hamlet— Act I. Sc. 1. L. 158. Then my dial goes not true ; I took this lark for a bunting, m. AlVs Well That Ends Well— Act II. Sc. 5, L. 5. Better than all measures Of delightful sound. Better than all treasures That in books are found. Thy skill to poet were, thou scorner of the ground ! n. Shelley — To a Skylark. Sound of vernal showers On the twinkling grass, Rain-awakened flowers. All that ever was Joyous, and clear, and fresh, thy music doth surpass. 0. Shelley — To a Skylark. Up springs the lark. Shrill- voiced, and loud, the messenger of morn ; Ere yet the shadows fly, he mounted sing?. Amid the dawning clouds, and from thelT haunts Calls up the tuneful nations. p. Thomson — Tlie Seasons. Spring. L. 587. The lark sung loud ; the music at his heart Had called him early ; upward straight lie went. And bore in nature's quire the merriest part, As to the lake's broad shore my steps I bent. q. Charles Tennyson Turner — Sonnet. An April Day. The lark that shuns on lofty boughs to build Her humble nest, lies silent in the field. r. Edmund Waller — Of the Queen. Ethereal minstrel ! pilgrim of the sky ! Dost thou despise the earth where cares abound ? Or, while the wings aspire, are heart and eye Both with thy nest upon the dewy ground ? Thy nest which thou canst drop into at will, Those quivering wings composed, that music still ! s. Wordsworth — Poems of the Imagination. To a Skylark. 4> It 03 '.k. Slark d 40 sat down in ranks, [by hundreds], .flf ties HTJNGEK. — l.Hunger, famine, 3j;t raah. Exod. 16. 3 to kill this whole assembly with hunger Deut.28. 48 in hunger.and in thirst, and in nakedness 32. 24 burnt with hunger, and devoured with bar. Neh. 9. 15 bread from heaven for their hanger, and Jer. 38. 9 he is like to die for hunger in the jilaee Lam. 2. 19 thy young children, that faint for hunger 4. 9 are better than (they that be)slain witli li. Eze. 34. 29 they shall be no more consumed with hu. ^.Hunger, famine, \i/j.6s limos. Luke 1 5. 17 have bread enough, .and I perish with h. 2 Co. II. 27 hunger and thirst, in fastings often, in c. Rev. 6. 8 to kill with sword, and with hunger, and "BjySGER, to (have or suffer) — 1. To hunger, be hungry, ay-i raeh, Psa. 34. loTheyounglionsdolack, andsufferhunger Prov 19. 15 sleep ; and an idle soul shall suffer hunger Isa. 49. 10 They shall not hunger nor thirst ; neither Jer. 42. 14 nor have bunger of bread ; and there will 2. To htinger, irfivi-A) peiiiao. Matt. 5. 6 Blessed (are) they which do hunger and 21. 18 as he returned into the city, he hungered Luke 4. 2 when they were ended, he afterward hu. 6. 21 Blessed., that hmiger now: for ye shall 6. 25 Woe unto you tliatarefull!foryeshallhu. John 6. 35 he that cometh to me shall never hunger Kom.12. 20 if thine enemy hunger, feed him ; if he 1 Co. 4. 1 1 we both hungpr, and thirst, and are naked 11. 34 if any man hunger, let him eat at home Rev. 7. 10 They shall hunger no more, neither thirst HTTilGEPv, to suffer to — To cause or suffer to be hungry, ayj raeb, 5. Dent. 8. 3 suffered thee to hunger, and fed thee with HTTNGER BnTEIT — Hungry, famished, 3y"J raeb. Job 18. 12 His strength shall be hunger bitten, and HTJNG3KED, to be an — To hunger, irtivita peinao. Matt. 4. 2 he had fasted . . he was afterward an hung. 12. t his disciples were an hungered, and began 12. 3 what DaWd did, when he was an hungered 25. 35 I was an hungered, and ye gave me meat 25. 37 Lord, when saw we thee an hungered , and 25. 42 I wasanhun^'ered, andyegave e no meat 25. 44 when saw we thee an hungered, or athirst Mark 2. 25 when he had need, and was an hungered Luke 6. 3 what David did, when himself was auhu. HTTNC-KY — I. Hungry, famished, 2]}iraeb. 1 Sa. 2. 5 hungry cease'd : so that the barren hath 2 Sa. 17. 29 The people (is) hungry, and weary, and 2 Ki. 7. 12 Theyknowthatwe(be)hungry ; therefore Job 5. 5 \VTiose harvest the htmgryeateth up, and 22. 7 thou hast withholden bread from the h. 24. 10 they take away the sneaf (from) the hun. Pr:n, 107. 5 Hungry and thirsty, their soul faulted in' 107. 9 and fllletli the hungry soul with goodness 107. 36 there he maketh tlie hungry to dwell, that 146. 7 wliich giveth food to the hungry. The L. Prov.is. 21 If thine enemy be hungry, give him bread 27. 7 to the hungry soul everv bitter thing is 14 Questions for Concordances Student's name Per cent. Teacher's name Hour reciting Date "S i Have you read the directions on the back of this cover? Answer yes or no. « 1 — la a concordance an index of subjects or an index of words? 2 — a. Under what words would the following quotation from the Bible be entered in a good v , Bible concordance? "The price of wisdom is above rubies." * ^ b. Might this quotation also be found in Bartlett's Familiar quotations? ,_ « I c. Why would it not be entered in Hoyt's Cyclopaedia of quotations? -g | 3 — Who has compiled a concordance to Shakespeare's works? 4 — a. Which of the collections of quotations studied is arranged by subject? -g b. Which one is arranged by author? « t: 5 — What abbreviation is used after a quotation in Bartlett's Familiar quotations, to indicate -S that it is found in exactly the same place as is the one directly preceding it? « 6 — What is given in the index of Hoyt's Cyclopaedia of quotations after the page to aid in readily ■^ finding the quotation on the page? ^ O E 7 — If a quotation by Alexander Pope is desired, would it be better to use Bartlett's Quotations © or Hoyt's? Why? ^ a> 8 — If a quotation on the subject of friendship is desired, would it be better to use Bartlett's ^ Quotations or Hoyt's, and why? C . 4> 9 — a. If one wishes to find in what play, act, and scene a very familiar quotation from Shake- speare occurs, would it be easier to use a complete Shakespeare concordance, or Bartlett's or Hoyt's collection of quotations, and why? b. If the quotation is unusual, which would it be better to use? 10 — How are leading catch words, under important words in many concordances sub-arranged? ;P^lltlMKilfl^ Directions for Using Perforated Page of Questions and Key Which appear on the rererse side of this cover The questions which appear on the reverse side of this cover, on a perforated colored sheet, are not diflScult, detailed or "catchy." They are intended to emphasize important points and to systematize the work for class records. The answers, which can easily be given after the text has been carefully read, should be written, from memory, in the blank spaces under the questions, preferably in class time unless directed to do otherwise by the one in charge of the work. The perforated sheet should be torn out in the presence of the one conduct- ing the class and only after it has been filled in. When directed to remove the questions, insert pencil in the hole and rip around the perforated edges. A key, by means of which the work can be checked, is printed on the cover under the question page, but is not revealed until after the question page is removed. This key consists of the same questions, with the correct answer to each printed below it. The value of each question, on the scale of 100, is indicated after the answer in the key. By means of this key, students could correct their own or each other's work in a few moments, in case the librarian or teacher could not take the extra time to do so. If the one who corrects the paper finds an incorrect answer, the amount to be deducted should be placed on the outer right-hand margin, near the mistake. These amounts should be added, the sum subtracted from 100, and the result placed after the word 'Ter cent." at the top of the sheet. The questions are asked in such a way as to admit of very Uttle variety in the wording of the answers. However, if the wording of a written answer is mani- festly correct, and perfectly clear, but not exactly like the printed answer, of course no deduction' should be made. Do not deduct for speUing, nor for abbreviated statements if they are perfectly clear. If the one who corrects a paper marks a question wrong which the writer considers correct, the two should examine the key together, or ask advice from the one in charge of the class. Reference Guides That Should be Known and How to Use Them By Florence M. Hopkins Librarian Central High School and Junior College Detroit, Michigan This Pamphlet Pertains to Library Classification; Card Catalogue; Special Indexes; Book Selection TIME REQUIRED Two class periods and Preparation of one lesson THE WILLARD COMPANY 479 SIXTH STREET DETROIT ' MICHIGAN Copyright by FLORENCE M. HOPKINS 1919 Foreword This pamphlet is one of a series on the use of reference books. The complete scries constitutes a second edition of "Reference guides that should be known and how to use them," which first appeared in 1916 as a text book for high and normal schools. The revision treats important phases of reference work in separate pamphlets, thus making it possible to grade the work, or to select the pamphlets best fitted to meet individual needs. Generally speaking, any one of the pamphlets can be completed in two class periods plus time for the preparation of one lesson be- tween recitations. The entire course could be completed by advanced students in five or six weeks of one class and study period per day. The work can also be scattered in different years. If one subject per term were given in consecutive order to English classes, in high schools, beginning with the B8 of junior high and ex- tending through the A12 of senior high, the work could be covered in two or three class and study periods per term; or, if familiarity with reference books is desired early in the school course, the most important subjects could be crowded into the early high school grades. The order in which the subjects of the pamph- lets are listed below suggests a logical sequence, whether the work is given slowly or rapidly or to lower or to upper grade students. 1 — Webster's New International Dictionary 2 — New Standard Dictionary 3 — Encyclopaedias 4 — Parts of a book 5 — Atlases; city directories; gazetteers 6 — Concordances 7 — Library classification and card catalogue 8 — Indexes to periodical literature; debates 9 — Year-books 10 — Commercial indexes 11 — Important publications of city, state and federal governments The inclusion of specimen pages from the reference books studied makes it possible for each student to follow all illustrative examples without making a trip to a library and waiting to have access to the complete reference work. No library will furnish a sufficient number of copies of expensive reference books to supply large classes adequately for detailed study; neither could a library afford to have pages in expensive reference books as badly worn and marked as they would become if many students were required to consult them for prepared lessons. Experif^nct^ has proved that the best results can be obtained if the work is begun m regular class recitations by a librarian or a teacher reading the text with the class. If conducted in this way, no previous preparation will be neces- sary, either by the class or by the one who conducts it. As the reading of the text proceeds, it will be seen that important features of the reference books studied are emphasized by referring to the sample pages embodied in the text. With a little class direction of this kind the students can readily see the plan of the text, and can finish any unread pages independently as an assigned lesson for the next recitation. In classes composed of advanced students, or in cases of absence, the entire work could be done independently. The questions on the colored page fastened on the inside of the last cover are designed to emphasize important points and to systematize the work for class records. Blank spaces are left under the questions for the answers. When the questions are assigned as a lesson to be prepared out of class, and the answers are written from memory in the blank spaces during the class recitation following, the points are more thoroughly impressed than they are when the answers are written before coming to class, while having direct access to the text. A key, giving the answer to each question, together with its value on the scale of 100, will be found underneath the question sheet when it is removed. By means of this key, students can correct their own or another's work in a few minutes of class time, in case the librarian or teacher cannot give extra time to do so. Schools which ask a leading reference question in final examinations find that students give more attention to the work and therefore learn to value its importance. The foUotving paragraphs are taken from the Foreword of the First Edition Possibly the best way of presenting the points which it is hoped this series of lessons may emphasize is to quote directly from the preface of a Bulletin on "Library instruction in universities, colleges and normal schools," from the United States Bureau of Education, 1914 — No. 34. Many educators of note, as well as college and university librarians, have emphasized the urgent necessity of instruction and training in "book-using skill." The place of the library in the work of all departments is one of increasing importance. The library is a resource or reservoir from which the student should draw constantly for information and inspiration. Every month of delay in instructing him in the meaning and use of the library lessens the efficiency of his course. Every new student should be required to take some course in which is given definite practical instruction in the handling of library tools. .... Such a course, more- over, should not only be required, but it should constitute a definite part of the work required for a degree. 2 Library Qassification and Card Catalogue If the hundreds of thousands of vohimes in large Hbraries are to be made available, some carefully planned system for the arrangement of books on the shelves is necessary. Many experiments have been made with different plans, but the one which meets with the greatest favor at the present time is a "Decimal system" devised by Melvil Dewey. Dewey or Decimal System of Library Classification Under the Dewey or Decimal system of library classification all books on the same subject are kept together by means of numbers. Ten large subjects, each of which is assigned to a hundred division, form the basis of the system. For example, science is represented by 500; literature, by 800; fine arts, by 700. The hundreds are next subdivided into tens, each ten representing some division of the main subject, as: 810, American literature, that is, a particular literature under 800; physics is represented by 530, a particular science under 500; music is represented by 780, a particular division of fine arts. Each of the tens is next divided into units: as 811, American poetry, a division of American literature; 537, electricity, a division of physics; 784, vocal music, a division of music. When possible, certain numbers stand for certain subjects: for example, a "0" always represents something general, whether it occupies the units, tens, or hundreds position. If a book is about England, a "2" will appear somewhere in the book -number; the reverse, however, is manifestly not the case, that is, if a "2" appears in a book-number, the book is not necessarily about England. A careful study of the significance of each number is too detailed for a brief lesson. It is necessary to have access to the full classification, with its index, if accurate work is done for a real Ubrary. These tables serve for general out- lines only. Questions Drawing Out the Arrangement of Table 1, Which Follows Consult Table 1, which follows, and read all of the numbers, and the subjects which they represent, from 000 through 900, including also the divisions for biography and fiction, below 900. Under what divisions would books on the following subjects be classified? 1. Chemistry. 9. High school education. 2. Study of music. 10. David Copperfield; story by Dickens. 3. Selected poems. 11. History of England. 4. Life of Whittier. 12, Encyclopaedias. 5. Philosophy of the Greeks. 12. English grammar. 6. Books on engineering. 14. A trip through Yellowstone Park. 7. Religion of the Romans. 15. Government of France. 8. Century magazine. 16. Medical dictionary. How many zeros appear in the first division? As there are only nine di- visions from 100 through 900, and as the system requires ten divisions to carry out the decimal plan, the division of 000 is improvised to meet this need. It is, in all respects, treated like the other divisions. Table 1 Illustrating the Dewey or Decimal System of Library Classification Under Hundreds 000 — General works; such as encyclopaedias, magazines, newspapers. 100 — Philosophy; such as psychology, ethics, philosophy. 200 — Rehgion; such as mythology; anj' book on any religion. 300 — Sociology; such as government, education. 400 — Language (called also philology); such as any book on any language. 500 — Science; such as physics, chemistry, biology, mathematics. 600 — Useful arts; such as engineering, medicine, manufactures. 700 — Fine arts; such as painting, music, sculpture, architecture. 800 — Literature; such as poetry, dramas, essays of any country. 900 — History; such as travel, description, history. B — Biography being a very large subject, is often classified by itself, under "B." As the Ufe of a person is simply the history of an individual, instead of the history of a country, some libraries use a division under history, 920, for biog- raphy. Fiction — Most libraries do not classify fiction under a number. Books in fiction are usually placed on the shelves in alphabetical order under the firpt letter of the author's surname. Some libraries, however, classify fiction under a division of literature, 800. Questions Drawing Out the Arrangement of Table 2, Which Follows Table 2, which follows, repeats the main divisions under Table 1, but shows how each subject is separated into ten subdivisions. Consult the table under 800, and give the numbers for: French literature, Italian literature, Greek literature. Under 400, give the numbers for: French language, Italian language, Greek language. Notice that the numbers in the tens position correspond. When a book is about France, "4" will appear somewhere in the number; if the book is about Italy, ''5" will appear; if it is about Greece, "8" will appear. Table 2 Illustrating the Dewey or Decimal System of Library Classification Under Divisions by Tens 000 GENERAL WORKS. 010 Bibliography. 020 Library Economy. 030 General Cyclopedias. 040 General Collections. 050 General Periodicals. 060 General Societies. 070 Newspapers. 080 Special Libraries. 090 Book Rarities. 500 NATURAL SCIENCE. 510 Mathematics. 520 Astronomy. 530 Physics. 540 Chemistry. 550 Geology. 560 Paleontology. 570 Biology. 580 Botany. 590 Zoology. 100 PHILOSOPHY. 110 Metaphysics. 120 Special Metaphysical Topics. 130 Mind and Body. 140 Philosophical Systems. 150 Mental Faculties. Psychology, 160 Logic. 170 Ethics. 180 Ancient Philosophers. 190 Modern Philosophers. 600 USEFUL ARTS. 610 Medicine. 620 Engineering. 630 Agriculture. 640 Domestic Economy. 650 Communication and Commerce. 660 Chemical Technology. 670 Manufactures. 680 Mechanic Trades. 690 Building. 200 RELIGION. 210 Natural Theology. 220 Bible. 230 Doctrinal. 240 Devotional and Practical. 250 Homiletic, Pastoral. 260 Church. Institutions. 270 Religious History. 280 Christian Churches and Sects. 290 Non-Christian Religions. 700 FINE ARTS. 710 Landscape Gardening. 720 Architecture. 730 Sculpture. 740 Drawing. Design. 750 Painting. 760 Engraving. 770 Photography. 780 Music. 790 Amusements. 300 SOCIOLOGY. 310 Statistics. 320 Political Science. 330 Political Economy. 340 Law. 350 Administration. 360 Associations and Institutions. 370 Education. 380 Commerce and Communication. 390 Customs. Costumes. Folklore. 800 LITERATURE 810 American. 820 English. 830 German. 840 French. 850 Italian. 860 Spanish. 870 Latin. 880 Greek. 890 Minor Languages. 400 LANGUAGE (Philology) 410 Comparative. 420 English. 430 German. 440 French. 450 Italian. 460 Spanish. 470 Latin. 480 Greek. 490 Minor Languages. 900 HISTORY. 910 Geography and Description. ♦920 Biography. 930 Ancient History. 940 Europe. 950 Asia. 960 Africa. 970 North America. 980 South America. 990 Oceanica and Polar Regions. •Biography is often classifiedfby a "B" instead of by a number. Fiction is usually classified alphabetically by^the author's surname, and therefore has no number. Explanation of Cutter Table of Author-marks What number, in Table 2, represents American literature under 800? The number for American poetry, a division of American literature, not shown in the condensed table, is 811. It is evident, therefore, that the poems of Longfellow, Whittier, Bryant, Lowell, and all other American poets will have the same num- ber, that of 811, unless some provision is made to distinguish them. It is as im- possible for two books in a library to have exactly the same number, as it would be for two pages in a book to be numbered alike. Libraries avoid such diffi- culties by following the Dewey number with the first letter in the author's sur- name. For Bryant's poems a "B" would follow 811; for Holmes' poems an "H" would follow 811. This would be a very simple solution if there were not several authors whose surnames begin with the same letter, Longfellow and Lowell and Lanier would each be 811 L under this plan, unless a further division were used. Of course, Longfellow might be, "811 Lon," and Lowell, "811 Low," and Lanier, "811 Lan," but this would be confusing. Experience has proved that it is easier to handle books and cards if arranged by numbers than if arranged by letters. A key, showing the relation of the alphabet to numbers, has been carefully worked out, and is known as the "Cutter Table of author-marks," These num- bers range between 10 and 100 to correspond with the alphabetical position of the second and third letters of the author's surname. The scale gradually changes from low numbers, which represent letters in the first part of the alphabet, to high numbers, which represent the letters in the latter part of the alphabet. Consult the following specimen entry of the "Cutter Table of author-marka" for "B," find "Bry," and give the number in connection with it. The Cutter number for Bryant is B84, because "ry," the second and third letters in Bryant, are near the end of the alphabet, and "84" is a relative distance from 10 to 100. By placing this Cutter number, "B84," after the Dewey number, "811," the complete classification for Bryant's poems becomes 811-B84. This number is used by the majority of libraries of America for Bryant's poems. The Dewey and the Cutter numbers for the poems of John Burroughs, an American poet, are 811-B94, Give the Cutter number only for: Botsford; Browning; Burns. When the number for a name cannot be exact, as Bartlett, for example, use the number directly preceding. Give the number for Bamford, Tell, without consulting the table, whether the number following B, in the name Bacon, would be a high or a low number. Which would be the higher number, the one for Bedford, or the one for Bennett? The complete table contains, of course, a key for each letter in the alphabet, corresponding to the sample under B. This key is used by almost all libraries; it is particularly valuable for fiction. Most libraries do not place any Dewey number before the Cutter number for fiction. The number for a story by Barrie, entitled "Sentimental Tommy," for example, is B27S. "B27" is the Cutter num- ber for Barrie; "S" represents the first letter of the title. Give the number for a stoi-y by Blackmore entitled "Lorna Doone," Some libraries do not even give a Cutter number for fiction, but put authors alphabetically on the shelf without such close classifying. i For biography, most libraries use a "B" instead of a Dewey number. The "B" is placed first, then the initial letter of the surname of the one written about, with its Cutter number. The Cutter number is then followed by the initial of the author's surname. For example, the book-number for a biography of Daniel Boone, by Abbott, would be B-B64-A. The first "B" classifies the book under Biography. "B64" is the Cutter number for Boone (the one written about). "A" indicates that the author's name begins with "A." Specimen entry for "B" from Cutter Table of Author Marks. Ba 11 Bax 33 Bix 55 Brim 77 Bac 12 Bay 34 Bl 56 Bro 78 Baco 13 Be 35 Blaf 57 Broo 79 Bad 14 Beal 36 Blak 58 Brow 81 BaU 15 Beam Zl Blan 59 Browni 82 Bain 16 Bear 38 Bland 61 Bru 83 Bak 17 Bed 39 Bio 62 Bry 84 Bal 18 Bel 41 Bo 63 Bua 85 Bald 19 Bern 42 Bon 64 Bue 86 Ball 21 Ben 43 Bot 65 Bui 87 Ban 22 Bene 44 Bou 66 Bum 88 Bar 23 Beo 45 Bow 67 Bura 89 Bark 24 Bers 46 Bowl 68 Burg 91 Barm 25 Bi 47 Box 69 Burl 92 Barne 26 Big 48 Boin 71 Burn 93 Barr 27 Bil 49 Bra 72 Burr 94 Bars 28 Bim 51 Brae 11 Burt 95 Bas 29 Bio 52 Bre 74 Bus 96 Bat 31 Bir 53 Brem 75 But 97 Batf 32 Bis 54 Bri 76 Butp 98 Arrangement of Books on Shelves The number by which a book is classified is known as a "call number" because the book is called for by that number. This "call number" is either printed, or written, or pasted by means of a label, on the back of the book to make it easy to find or to replace the volume on the shelf. All books of the same class are together, sub-arranged first by numbers, and then by the letters of the author's name. In a section of literature, for example, books numbered as below would be arranged on the shelves as follows: Considering the above as books on a shelf, between what numbers would American literature by Newcomer, 810-N43, be placed? Would Holmes' poems, 7 811-H73, be "in" or "out" according to the above? Would Lowell's poems, 811-L89, be "in" or "out?" Would Longfellow's poems, 811-L83, be "in?" Would Tennyson's poems, 821-T25, be "in" or "out?" Shelf Lists It is necessary for libraries to have a file of cards arranged in the order in which books are placed on the shelves, to make it possible to determine what books have been assigned to certain numbers, or what books may be missing from any section. These cards are called a "shelf-list;" this list is not ordinarily needed by the users of the library. Before taking uf) the next subject, it would be well to memorize the ten main divisions of the Dewey or Decimal classification as given on page 4, Table 1. Card Catalogue A card catalogue of a library consists of written, or typewritten, or printed cards, uniform in size, for all books in the library. Each card represents either: An author; A title; A subject; or A special chapter or phase of some one book. The complete catalogue, therefore, gives full information on such points for all books contained in the library. The cards are usually filed in one alphabetical order, in cabinets made for the purpose; and, to prevent misplace- ment, are fastened by a rod run through a hole in the bottom of each card. The accompanying cuts are inserted to show how the cards are arranged in drawers and cases. The first drawer of the case represented by the following cut contains cards for all authors, subjects, titles and other necessary entries, which come in alphabetical order between A and K. Give the letters contained in the second drawer. This case represents a very small library. In large libraries, many drawers are needed; sometimes one or more drawers are required for one letter only. The second cut represents the first drawer of the case as it would appear if it were removed. Notice that the card for "Cuba" is in full view. What author's name appears on this card, just below the word Cuba? If this book were to be called for, the number in the upper left-hand corner of the card, 970-F, would be copied by the one desiring the book and handed to some one in charge of the Hbrary. This number indicates where the book is located on the shelves; the "9" indicates that it is in the section of history; the "7," that it is among the books on American history, and the "0," that it treats of some general phase of American history; the "F," represents the initial of the author's surname. Numbers of this kind are known as "call numbers," because books are called for under these numbers. The "call number" is always entered in the upper left- hand corner of the card. It is also placed on the back of the book. Guide Cards Notice that after Cuba, a card headed "Dickens" extends above the other cards. What word, beginning with "E," extends above the line immediately following Dickens? These cards are called "guide cards," because they guide one to the location of certain letters in the catalogue. Are the "guide cards" in alphabetical order? If a card for a book on "Fish" is in the drawer, it would appear between what guide cards? Between what guide cards should one look to see if the library contains a copy of: a: Oliver Wendell Holmes' poems, b: Book on "Baskets," c: A copy of "As You Like It," d: Emerson's Essays? Library of Congress Printed Cards To enable a catalogue to give a complete record of what books a library contains by a certain author, or on a certain subject, or by a certain title, it is necessary to make several cards for each book. This, of course, means a great deal of careful work, which should be done only by those who have been trained in the details of cataloguing methods. As all cards for the same book are nearly the same in different libraries, it is obvious that there is much wasted energy in writing these cards separately for each library. A central bureau has therefore been estabhshed by the Library of Congress for the purpose of supplying other libraries with cards which are printed for the catalogues of their own library. As the Library of Congress receives two free copies of every book which is copy- righted in the United States, its card catalogue has a printed card for all such books. Cards are also printed for all other books in the Congressional library. These cards can be purchased by any library, public or private, for a trifle more expense than that of blank cards. Postage is free, because the work is under the United States government. These cards make it possible for the smallest library to be catalogued as carefully as is a large important one. For details, address: Printed Card Catalogue Division, Library of Congress, Washington, D. C. 10 A Library of Congress card for Francis Parkman's "California and Oregon trail" follows, reproduced in exact size. All cards needed under different head- ings for this book, such as an author card, a title card, a subject card, are made from this form, which is the only form printed. Parkman, Francis, 1823-1893. The California and Oregon trail; being sketches of prairie and Rocky Mountain life, by Francis Parkman, jr., with an introduction by Edward G. Bourne, ph. d. :New York, T. Y. Crowell & co. [1901] 1 p. 1., xix, 416 p. front, (port.) 19'". Added t.-p. : The Oregon trail. 1. The West— Descr. & trav. 2. Indians of North America— The West. 3. Frontier life— The West. O" 1-16630 Library of Congress V ) F592.P256 ©1901 A 12474 An "author card" made from this printed form, would have the "call num- ber," 917.P256, entered in the upper left-hand corner. The card would be filed in the catalogue in alphabetical order under Parkman. A title card, made from this form, would have the title, "California and Oregon trail" written above Parkman, and the call number entered in its proper place. The card would be filed in the catalogue in alphabetical order under California. See reduced cut below. CaJL4^ 'J^^1 jiJif^'iit^^M^f^Sr^^i^i^iui^If'^- HOFKIK Foreword This pamphlet is one of a series on the use of reference books. The complete series constitutes a second edition of "Reference guides that should be known and how to use them," which first appeared in 1916 as a text book for high and normal schools. The revision treats important phases of reference work in separate pamphlets, thus making it possible to grade the work, or to select the pamphlets best fitted to meet individual needs. Generally speaking, any one of the pamphlets can be completed in two class periods plus time for the preparation of one lesson be- tween recitations. The entire course could be completed by advanced students in five or six weeks of one class and study period per day. The work can also be scattered in different years. If one subject per term were given in consecutive order to English classes, in high schools, beginning with the B8 of junior high and ex- tending through the A12 of senior high, the work could be covered in two or three class and study periods per term; or, if familiarity with reference books is desired early in the school course, the most important subjects could be crowded into the early high school grades. The order in which the subjects of the pamph- lets are listed below suggests a logical sequence, whether the work is given slowly or rapidly or to lower or to upper grade students. 1 — Webster's New International Dictionary 2 — New Standard Dictionary 3 — Encyclopaedias 4 — Parts of a book 5 — Atlases; city directories; gazetteers 6 — Concordances 7 — Library classification and card catalogue 8 — Indexes to periodical literature; debates 9 — Year-books 10 — Commercial indexes 11 — Important publications of city, state and federal governments The inclusion of specimen pages from the reference books studied makes it possible for each student to follow all illustrative examples without making a trip to a library and waiting to have access to the complete reference work. No library will furnish a sufficient number of copies of expensive reference books to supply large classes adequately for detailed study; neither could a library afford to have pages in expensive reference books as badly worn and marked as they would become if many students were required to consult them for prepared lessons. 1 ExpTerience, ti^s pr(>y^(i*jthat the best results can be obtained if the work is begjii iQ'Pe^Ul'af If'Jasfe'Vecitations by a librarian or a teacher reading the text witt* the 'class. If conducted in this way, no previous preparation will be neces- sary, either by the class or by the one who conducts it. As the reading of the text proceeds, it will be seen that important features of the reference books studied are emphasized by referring to the sample pages embodied in the text. With a little class direction of this kind the students can readily see the plan of the text, and can finish any unread pages independently as an assigned lesson for the next recitation. In classes composed of advanced students, or in cases of absence, the entire work could be done independently. The questions on the colored page fastened on the inside of the last cover are designed to emphasize important points and to systematize the work for class records. Blank spaces are left under the questions for the answers. When the questions are assigned as a lesson to be prepared out of class, and the answers are written from memory in the blank spaces during the class recitation following, the points are more thoroughly impressed than they are when the answers are written before coming to class, while having direct access to the text. A key, giving the answer to each question, together with its value on the scale of 100, will be found underneath the question sheet when it is removed. By means of this key, students can correct their own or another's work in a few minutes of class time, in case the librarian or teacher cannot give extra time to do so. Schools which ask a leading reference question in final examinations find that students give more attention to the work and therefore learn to value its importance. The following paragraphs are taken from the Foreword of the First Edition Possibly the best way of presenting the points which it is hoped this series of lessons may emphasize is to quote directly from the preface of a Bulletin on "Library instruction in universities, colleges and normal schools," from the United States Bureau of Education, 1914 — No. 34. Many educators of note, as well as college and university librarians, have emphasized the urgent necessity of instruction and training in "book-using skill." The place of the library in the work of all departments is one of increasing importance. The library is a resource or reservoir from which the student should draw constantly for information and inspiration. Every month of delay in instructing him in the meaning and use of the library lessens the efficiency of his course. Every new student should be required to take some course in which is given definite practical instruction in the handling of library tools Such a course, more- over, should not only be required, but it should constitute a definite part of the work required for a degree. 2 Indexes to Periodical Literature Indexes to the great variety of scattered articles in the best magazines are one of the great achievements of modern reference indexing. Standard magazines constitute our best source for current literature and for information regarding current events. Many articles are of permanent value, while many others are of passing interest only. Poole's Index to Periodical Literature The first important index to articles in magazines was edited in 1881 by two friends, Poole and Fletcher. They conceived an idea of issuing an index for all of the best magazine articles which had appeared since the earliest magazine publications in this country. Much of the work for this enormous task was volunteered. When it was published, it comprised two large volumes, and bore the title of: "Poole's Index to periodical literature," Volume 1, 1802-1881. For magazines after 1881 a volume was issued every five years until 1906, after which date the work was discontinued. The articles were indexed by subject only; portraits were indicated. The six volumes issued are a great monument to magazine indexing, and the only guide to magazines for, practically, the 19th century. Therefore, most of the best magazine literature which was issued in the past century can be found under subject in these various volumes of Poole's Index to periodical literature, dated as follows : Vol. 1: 1802-1881 (2 parts) Vol. 4: 1892-1896 Vol. 2: 1882-1886 Vol. 5: 1897-1901 Vol. 3: 1887-1891 Vol. 6: 1902-1906 Indexes to Current Periodical Literature and Selected United States Government Publications The firm which is now doing more thorough and extensive work in the line of indexing current publications than any other firm in the world, is the H. W. Wilson Company of New York. They prepare indexes to nearly all of the good current magazines which are published in the English language, except those pertaining to purely technical subjects, such as medicine, banking, dentistry. These indexes guide to articles in over three hundred current publications, including many important publications of the United States Government. A thorough knowledge of the plan upon which they are arranged is indispensable for good reference work. The most popular of these indexes, and the one which is the most serviceable for general reference work, is: The Readers' Guide to Periodical Literature This index, which is explained in detail by means of specimen entries on the following pages, will illustrate the general plan used for other magazine indexes. Every month, the "Readers' guide to periodical literature" indexes all articles in about one hundred popular magazines, together with a few important United States Government Pubhcations. The index is arranged in one alphabetical order, and gives for all articles in each magazine indexed : Author; subject; title, if a story; portrait. Plan on Which Readers' Guide is Cumulated If each monthly issue of the Readers' guide contained an index to magazines for one month only, it would be necessary to examine twelve separate indexes in order to cover magazine articles for a year's time. This plan would be very cumbersome indeed. The publishers have therefore adopted a scheme of gather- ing up the separate indexes as they accumulate during the year. This plan, called "cumulative," repeats the indexes in bi-monthly and quarterly issues, arranging the references in each issue in one alphabetical order. It operates as follows: The January issue indexes articles in the January periodicals. The February issue indexes articles for January and February. The March issue indexes articles for January, February and March. The March issue completes the first quarter. Cumulation is then begun over again for the second quarter. At the end of each quarter the cumulation goes back to January, as: The April issue indexes articles in April periodicals only. The May issue indexes articles for April and May. The June issue indexes articles for six months, from January through June. The July issue indexes for July. The August issue indexes for July and August. The September issue indexes for nine months; January through September. The October issue indexes for one month. The November issue indexes for October and November. The December issue indexes for twelve months, January through December- Thus the December number contains all issues for the year, in one alphabet. Five December, or yearly issues, cumulated in one alphabet, constitute a volume, as: Volume 1: Covers the years 1900-1904. Volume 2: Covers the years 1905-1909. Volume 3: Covers the years 1910-1914. 4 Consult the specimen entry of "List of Periodicals Indexed" on following page, and tell what magazines are referred to when the Guide uses the following abbreviations: Am M Bui Pan Am Union Cent Cur Hist M, N Y Times Delin Farmers' Bui Each issue of the guide contains, at the front, a complete alphabetical list of all abbreviations used for magazines. Details of Entries Consult the specimen page from the Guide under the letter "F," which follows, and give the title and the author of the first article under the word "Food." What is the abbreviation of the magazine in which this article appeared? Turn to the specimen page containing the "List of Periodicals Indexed" and give the full name of this magazine. The number which follows "Fortn." is the volume of the magazine, and the numbers following 109 are the pages in the 109th volume. The dash between the pages indicates the length of the article; that is, the article begins on page 270 and ends on page 277. "F" indicates that the article was published in February; '18, of course, indicates the year. Read the entries for the second article under "Food," and tell what each one means. Give the abbreviation which comes just before the name of the magazine "Outing," in the first article under "Fishing." This abbreviation indicates that the article is illustrated. In what volume of Outing did this article appear? In what month of 1918 was it published? How many pages are devoted to it? Who wrote an article about Leo Feist? The abbreviation "por," which follows the author's name, indicates that a portrait of Leo Feist appears in connec- tion with the article. If the name of the magazine in which this article appears is not recognized from the abbreviation "Am M" find it from the specimen page of "List of Periodicals Indexed." Give the volume, number of pages, month and year for the magazines in which this article appears. Give an exact reference for portraits of: Edna Ferber; David R. Francis. On what day in March of 1918 was a poem pubUshed by Mahlon Leonard Fisher in the Literary Digest? When a magazine is published oftener than once a month, the day of the month is given to distinguish the different issues. 5 Specimen Entry from Readers' Guide to Periodical Literature Showing Abbreviations used for Periodicals List oi: Periodicals Indexed Am City — American City. (C ed) City Edi- tion. $3. Civic Press, Tribune Building, New York. —Same. (T and C ed) Town and County Edition. $3. — Same. (Both editions to one address) $4 (C ed) or (T and C ed) in entry indicates that article is contained in City edition or Town and County edition only. Entries not so distinguished refer to either edition. Am Econ R — American Economic Review. $5. American Economic Association, Ithaca, New York. Am Hist Assn Rept — American Historical Association Report. $3 to members (in- cluding annual subscription to the Amer- ican Historical Review). American His- torical Association, H40 Woodward Bldg., Washington, D. C. Am Hist R — American Historical Review. $4. $3 to members of the American his- torical association (including Annual re- port). Macmillan Company, 66 Fifth Ave., New York. Am J Soc-rAmerican Journal of Sociol- ogy. $2. University of Chicago Press, Chicago. Am M — American Magazine. $2. Crowell Publishing Company, Springfield, O. Ann Am Acad — Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science. $6. $5 to members of the Academy. 36th St. and Woodland Ave., Philadelphia, Arch Rec — Architectural Record. $3. Architectural Record Company, 115 West 40th St., New York. Art and Archaeol — Art and Archaeology. $3. Archaeological Institute of America, Washington, D. C. Art World— Art World and Arts and Dec- oration. $4. Hewitt Publishing Corpora- tion, 470 Fourth Ave., New York. Asia — Asia, Journal of the American Asiatic Association. $2. Asia Publishing Co., 627 Lexington Ave., New York. Atlan— Atlantic Monthly. $4. Atlantic Monthly Company, 41 Mt. Vernon St., Boston. Bellman— The Bellman. $4. The Bellman Co., 118 South 6th St., Minneapolis, Minn. Bib World— Biblical World. $2. University of Chicago Press, Chicago. Bird Lore — Bird-Lore. $1.50. D. Appleton & Co., Harrisburg, Pa. Bookm — Bookman. $3. Dodd, Mead & Co., 4th Ave. & 30th St., New York. Bui Pan Am Union — Bulletin of the Pan American Union. $2. 17th and B Sts., N. W., Washington, D. C. Canad M — Canadian Magazine. $2.50. 200 Adelaide St. West, Toronto, Canada. Cath World— Catiiolic World. $3. 120-122 W. 60th St., New York. Cent — Century. $4. Century Co., 353 4th Ave., New York. Child Labor Bui— Child Labor Bulletin. $2. National Child Labor Committee, 105 East 22nd St., New York. Conf Char and Correc. See Nat Conf Soc Work Contemp — Contemporary Review. $5. Leonard Scott Pub. Co., 249 West 13th St., New York. Country Life — New Country Life. $5. Dou- bleday. Page & Co., Garden City, N. Y. Cur Hist M, N Y Times— Current History Magazine of the New York Times. $3. New York Times Co., Times Square, New York. Cur Opinion — Current Opinion. $3. Cur- rent Literature Pub. Co., 63 W. 36th St., New York. Delin — Delineator. $1.50. Butterick Pub. Co., Butterick Bldg., Spring and MacDougal Sts., New York. Dial— Dial. $^ The Dial Pub. Co., 152 W. 13th St., New York City. Edin R — Edinburgh Review. $4.50. Leonard Scott Pub. Co., 249 West 13th St., New York. Educa— Education. $3. Palmer Co., 120 Boylston St., Boston. Educ R — Educational Review. $3. Educa- tional Review Pub. Co., Columbia Univer- sity, New York. El School J — Elementary School Journal. $1.50. University of Chicago Press, Chi- cago. Everybody's — Everybody's Magazine. $1.50 The Ridgeway Company, Spring & Mac- dougal Sts., New York. Farmers' Bvd — United States. Department of Agriculture. Farmers' bulletins. A limited number of copies are available far free distribution by Division of Publica- tions, Department of Agriculture, Wash- ington, D. C. Fortn — Fortnightly Review. $5. Leonard Scott Pub. Co., 249 West 13th St., New York. Fonim — Forum. $2.50. The Forum Pub- lishing Co., 118 East 28th St., New York Gard M — Garden Magazine. $2. Double- day, Page & Co., Garden City, N. Y. Good H — Good Housekeeping. $1.50. 119 W. 40th St., New York. Harper — Harper's Monthly Magazine. $4. Harper & Bros., Franklin Square, New York. specimen Entry from Readers' Guide to Periodical Literature Federal reserve board Capital Issues committee Supervision of security issues by the United States. A. B. Forbes. Nation 106:372-4. Mr 28 •18 Feebleminded Folly- of freedom for fools. Survey 39:657 Mr .. 16 '18 Feist, Leo Knows all about the popular song business. E. M. Wickes. por Am M 85:48-9 F '18 Feminism Feminism business. Woman's H C 45:12 Ap '18 Freedom and family life. Unpop R 9:112-22 Ja •18 Fenderson, Mark Delectable dinners. Woman's H C 45:42 Ap '18 Ferber, Edna Joy of the job. por Am M 85:34-5 Mr '18 Ferguson, Charles Revolution absolute. Bookm 46:647-52; 47:48-57, 160-70 F-Ap '18 Ferguson, Elsie (Louise) Portrait. Am M 85:27 Mr '18 Fernandez, Jose Vincente Sketch, por Bui Pan Am Union 46:232-4 F '18 Fertilizers and manures Fertilizer needs of the United States. H. J. Wheeler. Q J Econ 32:209-37 F '18 Feuchtinger, Eugene New method of training the voice. Q J Speech Educ 4:93-102 Ja '18 Fiction Eight stories of good cheer; ed. by F: H. Law. il Ind 93:418-20, 460-2, 496, 526 Mr 9-30 '18 Sentimental America. H: S. Canby. Atlan 121: 500-6 Ap '18 Spring opening in fiction. H. W. Boynton. Bookm 47:175-81 Ap '18 Story in the making. Unpop R 9:93-6 Ja '18 Filene, A. Lincoln Status of the daylight saving plan. Am City 18:217-18 Mr '18 Filsinger, Mrs Ernst B. See Teasdale, Sara Filters and filtration Characteristics of a lime softening filtration plant. W. A. Sperry. il Am City 18:253-7 Mr '18 Finance Tomorrow of finance. S. N. Patten. Ann Am Acad 76:257-71 Mr '18 Germany Germany's financial burdens 90-2 Mr 2 '18 Germany's financial outlook. H 19th Cent 83:374-85 F '18 Great Britain Levy on capital after the war. F. W. P. Law rence. Contemp 113:308-15 Mr "18 Japan Emergency financial measures of Japan. Takashima. J Pol Econ 26:302-7 Mr '18 Russia Bolshevik repudiation. H. 109:428-37 Mr •IS United States Aside from sentiment. Ind 93:529 Mr 30 ^18 United States- leader. J: K. ,80 Mr Finck, Henry Theophilus Golden cock. Nation 106:300-1 Mr H '18 War-time pleasures of the table. Cent 95:899- 904 Ap '18 Findlater, Jane Helen Compulsory rations. Liv Age 296:551-60, 607- 14 Mr 2-9 '18 Findlay, Hugh Better garden this year/Ind 93:359 Mr 2 '18 How to plant and raise vines. Art World 3: sup5-8 Mr '18 Finland Republic of Finland. A. Yarmolinsky. map Cur Hist M, N Y Times 7,pt2:437-41 Mr 'IS Finney, Ross L. Sociological principle determining the elemen- tary curriculum. Scljool and Soc 7:338-49 Mr 23 '18 Fire protection Price of safety against fire. C: Hill. Ind Man- agement 55:217-18 Mr '18 Sootless Saturdays. W. A. Mohrbacher. Am City 18:246 Mr '18 Fish, Carl fiussell. See Paxson, Frederic L., it. auth. Fish as food Contributions of zoology to human welfare. H. M Smith. Science n s 47:299-301 Mr 29 Food value and digestibility of fish and sea food. P. B. Hawk. Ladies' H J 35:59 Ap '18 Fisher, Helen Dwight Boy, the war and the harrow. Survey 39:704-6 Mr 30 '18 ■ Fisher, Irving Some contributions of the war to our knowl- edge of money and prices; abstract. Am Econ R 8:sup257-8 Mr '18 Fisher, IVlahlon Leonard Love of children; poem. Lit Digest 56:36 Mr 9 '18 Fishing Cast thy lure" upon the waters, il Outing 72: 44-7 Ap '18 Good form in fly-casting. S. Taylor, il Outing 72:40-1 Ap '18 Fisk, Eugene Lyman If you afe 40 or over. Ladies' H- J 35:90 Mr '1? Fiske, Bradley Allen AdmirrJ Fiske on our use of aircraft against the German navy, por R of Rs 57:315-16 Mr Fiske, John (Edmund Fiske Green) John Fiske's long struggle for recognition, il Cur Opinion 64:198-9 Mr '18 Flaherty, James A. Who are the Knights of Columbus? Ladies' H J 35:66 Mr '18 Flamel, Nicholas Ancient defensive armor in modern warfare. Sci Am S 85:180-2 Mr 23 '18 Flashlight photography. See Photography, Flashlight Fleming, R. Fourth dimension. Sci Am S 85:188-9 Mr 23 '18 Fletcher, John Gould Earth; poenn. Bookm 47:92 Mr '18 New heaven; poem. Yale R n 6 7:527-8 Ap '18 Poetry of Conrad Aiken. Dial 64:291-2 Mr 28 '18 Flexner, Simon Franklin P. Mall: an appreciation. Science n s 47:249-54 Mr 15 '18 Fliers. See Aviators Flies Effective methods of fly control. T: J. Head- lee. Sci Am S 85:150-1 Mr 9 '18 Flies as carriers of contagion Insects and the national health. C: T. Brues. il Sci Monthly 6:202-6 Mr '18 Flint implements and weapons. See Stone im- plements and weapons Flood control Flood protection for the Miami valley. O. R. Geyer. il map R of Rs 57:291-6 Mr '18 Florida Florida surveyed for war and peace. Survev 39:598 Mr 2 '18 Flour Shall we eat whole-wheat bread? R. A Dutcher. Science n s 47:228-32 Mr 8 '18 ^\^lat I do with the mixed flours. A. E. Scott, il Ladies' H J 35:33 Ap ^18 Flour mills Old-fashioned flour mill. H. Snyder, il Bell- man- 24:207-9 F 23 '18 Flowering bush, .story. M E. Woman's H C 45:18-19 Ap Flowers Color in the garden. L. B Life 33:26-40 Mr 'IS Wliat's new in vegetaltle il Gard M 27:74-5 Mr '18 Flying thoughts. C: B. Nordhoff Atlan 121:5ri4'- 62 Ap '18 Focusing. See Photography — Focusing Food Economic war foods and war-food production. S. Morgan. Fortn 109:270-7 F '18 Food and common sense. E. Lyttelton. Fortn 109:398-407 Mr '18 Food— Continued to French; next page 7 Lit Digest 56: J. Jennings. S. J. Jennings. Fortn -world banker and commercial Barnes. World's Work 35:479- W Freeman, il '18 Wilder, il Country and flower seeds? specimen Entry from Readers' Guide to Periodical Literature Food — Continued Food crusade. T: H. Dickinson. Bookm 47: U96-8 Ap '18 "War-time pleasures of the table. H: T. Finck. Cent 95:899-904 Ap '18 Food, Cost of Averting famine. A. C. Laut. New Repub 14: 254-7 Mr 30 '18 How food-prices have advanced here and in other countries. Lit Digest 56:126-8 Mr 16 •18 Food administration. See United States— Food administration Food conservation Are we really saving? L. Oppen. il Good H 66: ■ 62 F '18 Dining with the Hoovers. D. Harmon. Ladies' H J 35:28 Mr '18 Food conservation at the source. Ind 93:509 Mr 30 '18 Food fight. E: E. Purinton. Ind 93:455 Mr 16 '18 No conservation in cantonments? New Repub 14:145-6 Mr 2 '18 Somewhere in New England; the chronicle of a Hoover recruit in the rural districts. House B 43:219-20 Mr '18 When Mrs Canada goes to market. J. Airlie. II Delin 92:32 Ap '18 Food distribution Averting famine. A. C. Laut. New Repub 14: 254-7 Mr 30 '18 Food laws Decade of pure food. Sci Am 118:270 Mr 30 '18 Food supply Europe and the food crisis. R of Rs 57:321-2 Mr '18 Our hungry enemies. Lit Digest 56:24-5 Mr 16 '18 Canada Canada and the food problem. H. L. Pang- born. Outlook 118:443-4 Mr 20 '18 Germany No Russian food for Germany. Lit Digest 56: 21-2 Mr 23 '18 Great Britain Short commons. Liv Age 296:757-9 Mr 23 '18 Russia No Russian food for Germany. Lit Digest 56: 21-2 Mr 23 '18 Ukrainia's doubtful granary. Bellman 24:232 Mr 2 •!& United States Our shrinking dinner-pail. Lit Digest 56:17 Mr 9 '18 Foote, John Talntor Otto. Am M 85:9-13-1- Ap '18 For my sunny California; story. B. Helmer. Overland ns 71:324-8 Ap '18 Forbes, Allen B. Supervision of security issues by the United States. Nation 106:372-4 Mr 28 '18 Forbes, Bertie Charles Ripley's recipe. Am M 85:28-30 Mr '18 Foreign banks In the United States, See Banks and banking— United States— Foreign banks Forests and forestry Woodland development and its by-product of fuel. H, J- Koehler; F. F. Moon, il Country Life 33:50-2 Ap '18 Forging Organizing to produce shell forgings. F. E. Merriam. il Ind Management 55:193-7 Mr '18 Forster, Charles Hancock Henri Bergson. Overland ns 71:358 Ap '18 Forster, Frank J. Gateway to the garden, il Touchstone 2:559-63 Mr '18 Fort Worth, Texas City's vast watershed park. W. D. Davis. Am City 18:223-4 Mr '18 Fortification German pill box defenses, il lUus World 29: 224 Ap '18 Forum, Open Open forum in America as a safe-guard against revolution. P. S. Grant. Cur Opinion 64:172-3 Mr '18 Fosdick, Raymond Blaine Fit for fighting— and after. Scrib M 63:415-23 Ap '18 Teaching Sammy the American for morale. World Outl 4:7-8 Ap '18 Foster, Olive Hyde What a garden club has done for its com- munity. Touchstone 2:600-4 Mr '18 Foundations, Charitable and educational Place of the educational foHndation in Amer- ican education. C. Furst. School and Soc 7: 364-9 Mr 30 '18 Founders' association. National. See National founders' association Foundry practice Small castings from alloys and scrap metals. W. J. May. Sci Am S 85:171 Mr 16 '18 Four piggy-wigs; story. A. E. Cartlidge. il Woman's H C 45:46 Ap '18 Fourth dimension Fourth dimension. R. Fleming, il Sci Am S 85:188-9 Mr 23 '18 Fowler, Charles Evan Can coal be pumped? Sci Am 118:211 Mr 9 '18 France Spirit of France. C: Whibley. Liv Age 296: 522-31 Mr 2 '18 Agriculture See Agriculture — France Industries and resources Future of France — and of civilisation. Politi- cus. Fortn 109:213-29 F '18 Population See Population — France Railroads See Railroads — France Reconstruction Restoration of a French village. B. A. Clark. House B 43:226 Mr '18 Yankee peddlers in the Somme; the Smith college relief unit at work. R. Gaines, il Sur- vey 39:594-6 Mr 2 '18 Franchise. See Suffrage Francis, David Rowland Portrait. Asia 18:179 Mr '18; World's Work 35:462 Mr '18 Frank, Glenn General staff for peace. Cent 95:860-4 Ap '18 Franklin, P. A. S. Portrait. World's Work 35:463 Mr '18 Fraser, Andrew Henderson Leith Problem before us in India. 19th Cent 83:275- 86 F '18 Fraser, Sir John Foster How the war transformed England. Cur Hist M, N Y Times 7,pt2:509-14 Mr '18 Frederick II (Frederick the Great), king of Prussia Is Frederick worse than he seems? il Lit Di- gest 56:32 Mr 9 '18 Free enterprise. See Laissez-faire Freedom of the seas England, America and the sea. Liv Age 296: 696-8 Mr 16 '18 Freedom of the seas. A. M. Wolf son. Ind 93: 490 Mr 23 '18 Freeman, Harry H. City manager plan, with proportional repre- sentation, for Kalamazoo. Am City 18:248 Mr '18 Freeman, Lewis R. See Speranza, Gino, jt. auth. Freeman, Mrs Mary Eleanor (Wilkins) Flowering bush. Woman's H C 45:18-19 Ap '18 Freezing of pavements. See Roads — Frost action Freight car service Principles and practices of car service regula- tion. H. E. Byram. Ann Am Acad 76:25-33 Mr '18 Regulation of car service under government control of operation. J: J. Esch. Ann Am Acad 76:34-41 Mr '18 Freight vessels Pulling the teeth of torpedoes; Hudson Max- im's safety freighter. E. T. Bronsdon. il diag lUus World 29:216-18 Ap '18 French, William Fleming Railroading behind the lines. Illus World 29: 219-23 Ap '18 What Uncle Sam thinks of ^he specialist. Illus World 29:188-92 Ap '18 Did the first mentioned article written by Hugh Findlay appear in a monthly magazine, or in a magazine published more frequently than once a month? Who wrote the story entitled "Flowering bush"? Is the article illustrated? Is the story entered under the author's name also? All articles of importance are entered under both author and subject. Con- sult the following articles and tell from the context under what other word, either as subject or author, they would again be indexed: Article written by Charles Evan Fowler. Article under "Flies: Effective method of fly control." Article entitled, "Price of safety against fire." Consult the article "Finance," and name the countries which appear as sub- headings under it. Are these countries in alphabetical order? Are the countries under "Food supply" in alphabetical order? Is the arrangement of topics under the word "France" alphabetical? What is the first topic? Notice that no magazines are given under it, but that the reader is referred to the word "Agriculture" as a main topic, and to France as a sub-topic under it. Under what word should one look for population in France? Under what word are articles for railroads listed? Many times a subject has subdivisions under both topics and countries. In such a case, the topics appear first, in alphabetical order, followed by the countries, in alphabetical order. It is important to know this arrangement when consulting large subjects. The sub-arrangement under "Education" for ex- ample, sometimes requires several pages. The sub-arrangement under "Euro- pean war" requires very many pages. Sub-entries Under Large Subjects The following specimen pages under Railroads are taken from the Readers' Guide to illustrate the method of subdividing large topics. Read the title of the first article listed under the word Railroads (plural). Directly below this title, under "see also," find and name the first subject under which other magazine articles are fisted. What is the last of these subjects? After these references, the first sub-topic under railroads which is entered in bold face type in the center of the column is Accidents. Glance through the corresponding sub-topics and notice that they are in alphabetical order. Find the sub-topic Valuations; the next sub-topic is a country beginning with A. Countries are given after topics. Are countries also arranged alphabetically? Notice that references under United States require nearly an entire page. What sub-topic is given under United States? By consulting the several subdivisions, find the following: The volume, page and date for an article in the Scientific American on: Growth of railroads in China. Fighting snow drifts on the railways. Who is the author of an article on Japanese railway welfare work? Who wrote an article entitled, Financing the railroads? 422 Specimen Entry from Readers' Guide to Periodical Literature READERS' GUIDE TO Radiometer How wireless helps the mariner; keeping nav- igation posted by means of the radiometer and tiie radiophore. R. A, Lavender, il diag Sci Am 118:34U Ap 13 '18 Radiophore How wireless helps the mariner; keeping navigation posted by means of the radiom- eter and the radiophore. R. A. Lavender, il diag Sci Am 118:340 Ap 13 '18 Radiotelegraphy. See Wireless telegraphy Radiotelephony. See Wireless telephony Radict.herapy Electricity in medicine; diathermy and radi- ography. Sci Am S 86:30 Jl 13 '18 Radium Madame Curie and radium. R. J. Strutt. Liv Age 297:247-9 Ap 27 '18; Same. Overland ns 72:51-3 Jl '18 Radium as the great medical mystery. Cur Opinion 64:408 Je '18 Radium of romance. D. L. Sharp. Atlan 122:67- 76 Jl "18 Raemael ;'3 been oarefulij' read, ?ho' 1 < " 1" t^<" question?, preferf^-^^v r 4iargeof the wor\ ; presence of the one CO V (.;,;!> ■rn isik-u uu When directed to reroo- e i/-^ Mid rip around the perforated edges. *piii:e, but is not revealed until after the question page is 'his kny ix)rs5f?tR of the same questions, with the correct answer fl ftrw m( du 1^0. 100, 13 indicated after the answer ^ could correct their own or each \ iLc p;ipc): Ui;u£: an iiioorrcct answer, the amount lo be d on the out^r right-hand margin, neaj the mistak©. ■' '^'lA""^ tho F'\m P"''.btrs/;tf^d fr''>.rn 100., sud the result .^rs. Ii*.>wc\''f3i', it tb>- : ;<; of a wntten answer is mani- crfectly clear, but i; ..'y like the printed answer, o! . ".ould be made. Do x\ot o.-du^:i for f:po]I;oi?. nor for •: tbey are perfectly clear. Reference Guides That Should be Known and How to Use Them By Florence M. Hopkins Librarian Central High School and Junior College Detroit, Michigan This Pamphlet Pertains to Year-books TIME REQUIRED Two class periods and Preparation of one lesson THE WILLARD COMPANY 479 SIXTH STREET DETROIT ▼ MICHIGAN Copyright by FLORENCE M. HOPKINS 1919 Foreword This pamphlet is one of a series on the use of reference books. The complete series constitutes a second edition of "Reference guides that should be known and how to use them," which first appeared in 1916 as a text book for high and normal schools. The revision treats important phases of reference work in separate pamphlets, thus making it possible to grade the work, or to select the pamphlets best fitted to meet individual needs. Generally speaking, any one of the pamphlets can be completed in two class periods plus time for the preparation of one lesson be- tween recitations. The entire course could be completed by advanced students in five or six weeks of one class and study period per day. The work can also be scattered in different years. If one subject per term were given in consecutive order to English classes, in high schools, beginning with the B8 of junior high and ex- tending through the A12 of senior high, the work could be covered in two or three class and study periods per term; or, if familiarity with reference books is desired early in the school course, the most important subjects could be crowded into the early high school grades. The order in which the subjects of the pamph- lets are hsted below suggests a logical sequence, whether the work is givei- slowly or rapidly or to lower or to upper grade students. 1 — Webster's New International Dictionary 2 — New Standard Dictionary 3 — Encyclopaedias 4 — Parts of a book 5 — Atlases; city directories; gazetteers 6 — Concordances 7 — Library classification and card catalogue 8-^Indexes to periodical literature; debates 9 — Year-books 10 — Commercial indexes 11 — Important publications of city, state and federal governments The inclusion of specimen pages from the reference books studied makes it possible for each student to follow all illustrative examples without making a trip to a library and waiting to have access to the complete reference work. No library will furnish a sufiicient number of copies of expensive reference books to supply large classes adequately for detailed study; neither could a library afford to have pages in expensive reference books as badly worn and marked as they would become if many students were required to consult them for prepared lessons. 1 Experience has proved \h&\ the best results can be obtained if the work la begun in regular clfessTecitationy by a librarian or a teacher reading the text with the class. If conducted in this way, no previous preparation will be neces- sary, either by the class or by the one who conducts it. As the reading of the text proceeds, it will be seen that important features of the reference books studied are emphasized by referring to the sample pages embodied in the text. With a little class direction of this kind the students can readily see the plan of the text, and can finish any unread pages independently as an assigned lesson for the next recitation. In classes composed of advanced students, or in cases of absence, the entire work could be done independently. The questions on the colored page fastened on the inside of the last cover are designed to emphasize important points and to systematize the work for class records. Blank spaces are left under the questions for the answers. When the questions are assigned as a lesson to be prepared out of class, and the answers are written from memory in the blank spaces during the class recitation following, the points are more thoroughly impressed than they are when the answers are written before coming to class, while having direct access to the text. A key, giving the answer to each question, together with its value on the scale of 100, will be found underneath the question sheet when it is removed. By means of this key, students can correct their own or another's work in a few minutes of class time, in case the librarian or teacher cannot give extra time to do so. Schools which ask a leading reference question in final examinations find that students give more attention to the work and therefore learn to value its importance. TTie following paragraphs are taken from the Foreword of the First Edition Possibly the best way of presenting the points which it is hoped this series of lessons may emphasize is to quote directly from the preface of a Bulletin on "Library instruction in universities, colleges and normal schools," from the United States Bureau of Education, 1914 — No. 34. Many educators of note, as well as college and university librarians, have emphasized the urgent necessity of instruction and training in "book-using skill." The place of the library in the work of all departments is one of increasing importance. The library is a resource or reservoir from which the student should draw constantly for information and inspiration. Every month of delay in instructing him in the meaning and use of the library lessens the efficiency of his course. Every new student should be required to take some course in which is given definite practical instruction in the handling of library tools Such a course, more- over, should not only be required, but it should constitute a definite part of the work required for a degree. 2 Year-books and Almanacs It is always difficult to find information on current or recent events. News- paper articles are unsatisfactory, scattered, and not well adapted for permanent reference work. The best provision made for information on recent topics comes in the form of year-books and magazines. The wide range of subjects included in year-books is seldom fully realized. The date on the backs of year-books is frequently one year in advance of the year for which the dates are recorded. The World Almanac The following specimen pages are taken from the World almanac. This almanac is a year-book so practical for ready reference and so reasonable in price that it should be not only in all libraries, but also in homes as well. It is printed on cheap paper, in exceedingly fine type, and contains many advertisements, which account for its low price. There are very few books of any kind which have as large a sale as does the World almanac. General Index: World Almanac The first specimen page inserted is taken from the general index, under the letters "G," "H," and "I." The index appears at the front of the book, just after the colored pages containing the advertisements, instead of at the back, which is the usual place for an index. To gain an idea of the range of subjects treated, consult the sample page of the index and give the pages on which the following information could be found: 1. Fuel administrators. 2. Insignia rankings in Army and Navy. 3. Holidays which are legal in United States. 4. Cost of Royal Family in Great Britain. 5. War loans of Great Britain. 6. Officers of Industrial Workers of the World. 7. Price of Hay. 8. Number of members in British House of Commons. 9. Game laws of United States. 10. The volume for what year contains a list of impeached governors? 3 specimen Entry from the Index to the World Almanac PAGE Friends. Church of 493 " Churches, Brooklyn 903 Man. & Bronx Fruits, Edible, of Forest Trees. . .313 Fuel Administrators, Federal. ... 356 " Value of Wood Fur Skins, Imports Fusing Points Futurity Races 540 Gallantry Medals 2H Game Law Officials 570 •■ Laws. U. S 564-574 Gary School System (Vol. 1916). General Convention of the New Jerusalem 492 " Eleo. Co., War Taxes of 288 " Record of Events 339-345 Generals of U. S. Army Since 1776 (Vol. 1902). Geographical Research 415 Geological Strata 60 Geology, Progress in. 1917 705 Geometrical Progression 81 Georgia, Election Returns . . . 781 " Railroad Commission 608 •' Revenue and Expenditures . 727 Gerard, Ambassador, Left Ger- many (Chronology) German Answer to Pope's Peace Note 197-: " Casualties in War ; • "• Colonies, Finances of 666 " Empire, Finances of " Evangelical Synod, Brooklyn.903 •• Note to Mexico 322 " Peace Proposal (Vol. 1917). ■■ Proposal on "U Boat" War- fare 169 ■' Reiclisbank 451 '• Ships Seized, Renamed 370 '• States, Finances of 666 ■■ "Unrestricted Warfare" Note.169 " War Loans 267 Germany 732 " Ambassadors to U. S 729 " Cabinet of 754 " Child Labor in War 376 " U. S. Ambassadors to 729 Girls' Clothing and Health 707 " National Honor Guard 816 Glasgow, Exports to U. S 307 Goelet Family (Vol. 1917). Gold, Canadian Production 304 •• Exports from N. Y 920 " Imports at Port of N. Y. . . .920 " in Burmah 420 " in U. S " Japan's Imports. 426 " Production in U. S., 1916 657 " South African Output 455 " U. S. Production 452 " World's Production and Coins 461-462 Golf Records 532,533 Good Templars 18 Gould Family (Vol. 1917). Government of N. Y, City . . .867-868 " N. Y. State 770 " U. S 741-743 Governors Impeached (Vol.1914). " N. Y. State, and Colonial . . . 775 " of States 767 Graduates, College, Oldest 631 Grain Corporation, U. S. Food Administrators 314 " Lake Tonnage Decrease 317 •' World's Need 289 Grand Army of the Republic 37.T Graphite 304 Great Britain, Amb'dors to U. S . 731 PODUlation. . . . 736-737 Revenue in 1917., .309 Royal Family. .. .733 " Co8tof.732 U.S. Amb'dors to. 731 War & Coal Min'g.309 •• Expendltures.372 •• " " Expense ! PAGE Great Britain, War Loans Women Workers. . 309 Creator New York, Assembly Districts I Greece ' ■' Cabinet of ' " Finances of i Greek Calendar " Orthodox Catholic Church. ..493 Church 49: " Weights and Measures 8( Grindstones 30-1 Guam 149 Guardians of Liberty ' Guatemala, Finances of 666 " Gov't and Description Gums, Imports Guncotton Gymnastics 544 Gypsum 304 Hack Fares, N. Y. City 892 Hague Convention (Vol. 1916). " Court of Arbitration 152 Halifax, Exports to U. S 74( Hall of Fame 874 Halley's Comet 5C Handball 51( Harness Horse Racing 543,544 Harrlman Family (Vol. 1917). Havemeyer Family (Vol. 1917) Hawaii, Commerce of 484 ■• Election Returns 782 " Railroad Commission 60 " When Annexed 14 Hay, Farm Price of 48 ■• U. S. Crop 30 Hayti, Finances of 666 " Gov't and Description 430 •• Medals for Gallantry In 211 Hazards, Rate of, in Factories. . . 512 Health, Cost of Supervision In Industry 38 " Department Directory, New York City 77 " Food Relation to 402 ' Relation of Children and Clothing to •• V. S. Public Service Hebrew War Relief Height and Weight of Men and Women Hell Gate Arch Bridge Hemp, Philippine Exports Hides, Imports " Uruguayan Exports 437 Hierarchy, Roman Catholic, U.S. 495 High Buildings in N. Y. City. . . 919 Historic Events, Anniv's of "' Hockey Hogs, Farm Price of " Number in U. S Holidays, Easter Sunday 34 " European Business 731 " Legal 29 " Old English 33 Holland 732 " Cabinet of 7.54 • Exports and Imports " Finances of " Industrial Condition ' " Merchant Fleet, War's Effect " Wages and Living Cost 310 Homes and Asylums, New York City 895-1 Honduras, Finances of " Gov't and Description Hongkong, Foreign Trade Hoover Food Economy Appeal to Nation 157 Hops, England and Wales, Pro- duction 303 Horses, Bred in England and Wales " Farm Prices of " Value of Hospitals, Brooklyn and Queens.894 " Manhattan and Bronx 896 House of Commons, British 734 PAGS How to Get Peace, the Presi- dent's Way 357 Hudson and Manhattan R. i. Co. Subway 880 River Tunnels 886 Humidity in U. 3. Cities 65 Hundred Years Ago 32 Hungary, Ambassadors to U.S.. .728 " Cabinet of 754 ' U. S. Ambassadors to 728 ' War Loans 267 Hurricane and Storm Warnings.. 69 I Idaho Election Returns 782 " Railroad Commission 608 " Revenues and Expenditures. .727 " Tax Rates 668 Illinois. Election Returns . 782-783-784 " Railroad Commission 608 " Revenues and Expenditures . 727 Illitoracy. World Statistics 511 Immigration, Irish 489 " U. S 645 Imports, Chief Articles, by U. S.682 " Coffee to U. S 296-297 " Port of New York 920 " South American 440,661 Improved Order of Red Men .... 18 Income Tax, English 302 " Payers. British 143 InU. S 257 " Table of Ass'sment. 246 " War Provisions 246 Independent Order Free Sons of Israel 279 India, British, Finances of 666 " Crops, 1917 662 " Government of 735 Indian, American, Statistics. . . .620 " Commissioners 742 Indiana, Election Returns. . .784-785 " Riiilroad Commission 608 ■■ Revenues and Expenditures . 727 Indo-China, French, Finances of.666 Industrial Occup. Population 125 " Plants, Employment 668 " Poisons, Deaths from 405 '• Workers of World 139 Industry, Cost of Health Super- vision in 382 " France. Condition of 401 Infant Mortality Rate 641 Infantile Paralysis, State Rec- ords 643 Infantry. Equipment of U. S. .. .265 Inheritance Tax Laws 717 Injunctions Under Anti-Trust Law 158 Injury Rate, Metal Mines 512 Insignia, Army Campaigns 214 " Rankings in Army and Navy.216 Institution for the Improved In- struction of Deaf Mutes 885 Insurance, Health 691 " Japanese 291 " Soldiers' and Sailors' 226-230 " Statistics 473-476 " War Tax 253 Interborough Rapid Transit Com- pany Subways 887 Intercollegiate Football 556-557 Interest (Single) Table 81 ■ (Compound) Table 82 Table, 314 and 4 Per Cent. Bonds 288 Interior, Secretaries, U. S. De- partment 742-757 Internal Revenue Collectors ... 257 Revenue, New War Provis'ns.246 Receipts 255 by States and Terri- Sui .256 imary .255 International Apple Growers' Association 5»i Diplomats 730 Order of Kings Daughters and Sons 733 Five specimen pages from the World almanac for 1918 follow in their successive order, 369, 590, 617, 621, 767. Consult the respective pages as referred to in the paragraphs below to become familiar with the method of entering corresponding information in the issue of any other year. Of course, when the special informa- tion given in these pages is subject to change it may not apply to other years. Officers of Prominent Organizations: World Almanac One valuable feature of this almanac is that it gives the officers of almost any organization which is of national interest, together with their official addresses. Page 369 is reproduced to show the officers of the National Council of Boy Scouts. Consult the page and tell : 1. Who is first Honorary President of the National Council of Boy Scouts? 2. Who is President, and what is his official address? 3. Who is National Scout commissioner, and what is his official address? 4. Who is President of the American Sociological Society (given near the bottom of the page), and what is his official address? Motor Car Laws: World Almanac Page 590 of the World almanac is also reproduced. This page begins the list of the motor car laws of the various states. Glance over the headings of the columns. Give the speed limit for built up sections in Arizona. Read all regulations under "speed and lights" for Connecticut. Educational Statistics: World Almanac Page 617 gives statistics of the common schools of the United States. Con- sult the reproduction of the page and tell whether the states are arranged in alphabetical order, or according to geographical position. Is the summary of the United States as a whole given at the bottom, or at the top of the table? Give the numbers for the general summary for the United States, as they appear under the columns headed as follows: Pupils enrolled. Whole number of teachers. Total amount expended for schools. Cost per capita of average attendance. (Per capita means per person.) Universities and Colleges: World Almanac Consult page 621, also reproduced, and give the following: Location of Butler College; President of Butler College; Number of students in attendance at the Agricultural College of Utah; Number of instructors in Baylor University. 5 Governors of States: World Almanac Consult page 767, which Usts the governors of the states, notice the head- ings of the columns, and give: 1. The state which pays the largest salary to her governor. a. The governor of this state when this table was prepared. b. The length of the governor's term of office for this state. 2. The state which elects a governor for one year at a time. 3. The state which elects her governor for five years. 4. The governor of Virginia when this table was prepared. Tell whether he was a Democrat or a Republican by the letter which follows his name. Consult the lower part of the page, and give the salary per diem (i. e., per day) for the members of the legislature of: Georgia; Alaska: Alabama; Kentucky. specimen Entry from page 369 of the World Almanac Illustrating Offices of Organizations The American Sociological Society . 369 NAMES OF NEW DESTROYERS ANNOUNCED— Co?j?««ued. ~ Lieut. Hugh W. McKee was killed while leading an attacls on the Corean forts at Kango-hoa Island In 1871. Rear-Admiral Lewis Ashfleld Kimberly took part In many operations on the Mississippi during the Civil War. Capt. George Little, as Commander of the Winthrop in 1771, captured several British vessels. Later, commanding the frigate Boston, he captured the French ship Le Bercean after a remarkable engagement. Midaliipman Joseph Israel volunteered his services against Tripolitan sMps in the harbor of Tripoli and was promoted to Acting-Lieutenant by Commodore Preble. He was aboard the Intrepid when she was blown up in 1804. Midshipman James Butler Sigoitrney commanded the Asp, a schooner, in defense of Chesapeake Bay In the War of 1812. After beating off three British ships, the Asp was attacked and boarded, and Mid- shipman Sigourney was killed while still holding his post. Rear-Admiral Silas Gorton Stringham took part in the war with the Barbary powers and the suppression of piracy in the West Indies; in the Mexican War commanded the U. S. S. Ohio; and as Commander of the Atlantic Squadron in the Civil War attacked Forts Hatteras and Clark. Rear-Admiral Cornelius Kinchilee Stribling was Superintendent of the United States Naval Academy from 1851 to 1853 and commanded the East Gulf blockading squadron in the Civil War. Capt. Isaiah Robinson served in the War of the Revolution. Capt. Lambert Wickes was in the Revolutionary War, Captain of the Reprisal, which ship captured a nimiber of British vessels. Capt. Melancthon Taylor Woolsey commanded the Oneida and the naval station at Sacketts Harbor In the War of 1812. Commodore William Wister McKean commanded the Niagara, which in 1860 transported the first Japanese Embassy home from the United States. He was until 1862 in command of the East Gulf blockad- ing squadron. Capt. Seth Harding, as Commander of the brigantine Defense, captured seven British vessels in three separate battles in 1776. Rear-Admiral Donald McNeill Fairfax served in the Pacific Squadron during the Mexican War. In 1861 he was on the San Jacinto and boarded the British vessel Trent when it was captured with the Con- federate commissioners. The Murray is named for two gallant officers. Capt. Alexander Murray during the Revolutionary War, with five ships, had many engagements with the British. Rear-Admiral Alexander Murray was prominently engaged in the North Atlantic blockading squadron during the Civil War. THE BOY SCOUTS OF AMERICA. AN active campaign in the interest of the production and conservation of food has been conducted, resulting in the increased production of food products by Scouts and Scout officials. Thousands of boys have worked on farms and in agricultural camps during the season, and reports at this time show that thou- sands of acres have been planted by Scouts. The Boy Scouts participated in the first Liberty Loan, visit- tog 139,645 homes and securing $23,238,250 subscriptions. They also got subscriptions for the second loan. The Scouts are participating in Red Cross activities, acting as messengers and taking part in the various •ampaigns and activities of the Red Cross. The local Boy Scout organizations within a radius of 50 miles of the Atlantic Gulf and the Pacific Coast are ready for Immediate services in case the Coast Guard is drawn Mpon for other duties. In every city and town where Scouts are organized they are in immediate touch with these committees for active service. The Boy Scouts of America was incorporated February 8. 1910, and given a Federal charter protect- tog the name, uniform, badges, insignia, etc., June 15, 1916. It has as its Honorary President the Hon. Woodrow Wilson, President of the United States, and Hon. William H. Taft, Col. Theodore Roosevelt, and Daniel Carter Beard as its Honorary Vice-Presidents. Associated with these in approval and pro- motion of the movement are eminent citizens from ail walks of public life, who are members of the National Council and of the local councils in the cities and towns of the whole country, and a host of others who earnestly co-operate in the work. The Scouts are organized in patrols and troops. Eight boys constitute a patrol, one of whom is chosen as the Patrol Leader. Four patrols make up a troop. The Scout Master le the adult leader of the troop. Already there are about 320 local councils in as many cities throughout the United States, and under the direction of each there are from five to one hundred and fifty Scout Masters in charge of troops. In the past year arrangements were completed whereby the isolated boy — the boy who lives in a village or on a farm and cannot organize a troop — may become a Pioneer Scout, officially affiliated with the national movement and eligible to aU the pleasures and benefits of scouting. Over 9,000 Scout Masters are already registered with the national organization, representing about 250,000 boys that are being reached by the movement. Work to some extent has been started in practically every city In this country having a population of 4,000 or over, besides in the Hawaiian Islands, the Philippine Islands, Porto Rico and Guam. Any boy, of any class or creed, over 12 years of age, is eligible to become a Scout. The initial requirements are that he know the Scout salute, sign and laws, and that he take the Scout oath. By meeting certain requirements, he is in line to become a Tenderfoot, Second-Class and First^Claas Scout. The national organization is largely maintained by public subscriptions. Sustaining and Contribut- ing Memberstilps are issued to men and women throughout the country who are financially assisting in the development and promotion of this organization among boys. National Headquarters of the Boy Scouts of America, No. 200 Fifth Avenue, New York City. OFFICERS OF THE NATIONAL COUNCIL. Honorary Presidera — Hon. Woodrow Wilson. Honorary Vice-President — Hon. William H. Taft. Honorary Vlce-Prestdem— Col. Theodore Roosevelt. Honorary Vice-President — Daniel Carter Beard. President — Colin H. Livingstone, Washington, D. C. Vice-President— Mortimer L. Schifl, New York, N. Y. Vice-President — B. L. Dulaney, Bristol, Tenn. Vice-Presideru — Milton A. McRae, Detroit, Mich. Vice-President — Arthur Letts, Los Angeles, Cal. Vice-President — A. Stamford White, Chicago, 111. National Scout Commlssiotter — Daniel Carter Beard, Flushing, N. Y. Treasurer — George D. Pratt, Brooklyn, N. Y. Chief Scout Executive — James E. West, 200 Fifth Avenue, New York City. Members of the Executive Board — Daniel Carter Beard, Ernest P. BickneU, Benjamin L. Dulaney, Robert Garrett, Charles D. Hart, Franklin Chase Hoyt, John Sherman Hoyt, Charles C. Jackson, Jeremiah W. Jenks, Colin H. Livingstone, Milton A. McRae, William D. Murray, Charles P. NeiU, John H. Nicholson, George D. Porter, George D. Pratt, Frank Presbrey, G. Barrett Rich, Jr., Mor- timer L. Schiff, F. L. Seely, A. Stamford White. THE AMERICAN SOCIOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Presidera — George E. Howard, University of Nebraska. Former Presidents — Albion W. Small, Uni- versity of Chicago; George E. Vincent, Rockefeller Foundation, New York, N. Y. First Vice-President — Charles H. Cooley, University of Michigan. Second Vice-President — Frank W. Blackmar, University Of Kansas. Secretary-Treasurer — Scott E. W. Bedford, University of Chicago. AppUcationa for membership and all inquiries concerning the general business of the society should be addressed to the American Socloloelcal Society, Fifty-eighth Street and Ellis Avenue. Chlcaeo. 111. specimen Entry from page 590 of the World Almanac Illustrating Motor Car Laws 590 Motor Car Laws of the Various States. ag 2- illil am g a ^rf_g a o "Ills «^|5 I ass ill Cfl a ■a 3 111! S2ill3 S-'^' -a „, oTJ J2 QMd— 01 2 §s< si.. 3 ca 01 S <= M ;.as'"=' J2 5|| » o I- o < H 51 f? ^ PS o|jS o 2^2 I2I2 •0-! " ^1 a- . □ a >- Q II i |gag5'3|.SS S*^ Q CD sis •Qpa> ?2 '^SS££2 si COS'S I siH-g'Sa Si|2 •aJaaTSEi^.^ oSaS OH o w i Ph SiP.O-3 3 fez 2 §0 _i ?lo2, ^as^ lias S,'S"2S-3 ■h;s a 03 ^^20^^e| >;"s2;.|tg 3C "; sawn 2o§7 "00 0)3; i'^''^2^ |aw-s ■5 "9 mi ^ -si o — Where is tlie index placed for the almanac alluded to in the last question? ^ 7- -AVhich f.f the year-books studied gives the names and the official addresses of the officers of any 4J S — Which series of year-books gives information under the name of the person, not untler the c name of a socieiv or i)osition'.' S o — Would it be l)ett(>r to consult the World almanac or the American year-book for information "^ in tal)u!ar fi^rm? "S M c 10 — Wliich cncyclo])a^dia }Mil)lishes a valuable year-book every 3'ear? ^ 11 — Which encyclopa>dia keeps up to date by means c)f loos(^ leaves? 12 — Do the events recorded in a year-book always pertain to tlie year on the back of the book, or do they frequently pertain to events for the year prcceiting? 13 — Name at le:ist two good year-liooks pubhshed in England. Directions for Using Perforated Page of Questions and Key Which appear on the reverse side of this cover The questions which appear on the reverse side of this cover, on a perforated colored sheet, are not difficult, detailed or "catchy." They are intended to emphasize important points and to systematize the work for class records. The answers, which can easily be given after the text has been carefully read, should be written, from memory, in the blank spaces under the questions, preferably in class time unless directed to do otherwise by the one in charge of the work. The perforated sheet should be torn out in the presence of the one conduct- ing the class and onlj'^ after it has been filled in. When directed to remove the questions, insert pencil in the hole and rip around the perforated edges. A key, by means of which the work can be checked, is printed on the cover under the question page, but is not revealed until after the question page is removed. This key consists of the same questions, with the correct answer to each printed below it. The value of each question, on the scale of 100, is indicated after the answer in the key. By means of this key, students could correct their own or each other's work in a few moments, in case the librarian or teacher could not take the extra time to do so. If the one who corrects the paper finds an incorrect answer, the amount to be deducted should be placed on the outer right-hand margin, near the mistake. These amounts should be added, the sum subtracted from 100, and the result placed after the word "Per cent." at the top of the sheet. The questions are asked in such a way as to admit of very little variety in the wording of the answers. However, if the wording of a written answer is mani- festly correct, and perfectly clear, but not exactly like the printed answer, of course no deduction should be made. Do not deduct for spelling, nor for abbreviated statements if they are perfectly clear. If the one who corrects a paper marks a question wrong which the writer considers correct, the two should examine the key together, or ask advice from the one in charge of the class. Reference Guides That Should be Known and How to Use Them By Florence M, Hopkins Librarian Central High School and Junior College Detroit, Michigan This Pamphlet Pertains to Commercial Indexes TIME REQUIRED Two class periods and Preparation of one lesson THE WILLARD 4 7 9 SIXTH DETROIT COMPANY STREET MICHIGAN Copyright by FLORENCE M. HOPKINS 1919 Foreword This pamphlet is one of a series on the use of reference books. The complete series constitutes a second edition of "Reference guides that should be known and how to use them," which first appeared in 1916 as a text book for high and normal schools. The revision treats important phases of reference work in separate pamphlets, thus making it possible to grade the work, or to select the pamphlets best fitted to meet individual needs. Generally speaking, any one of the pamphlets can be completed in two class periods plus time for the preparation of one lesson be- tween recitations. The entire course could be completed by advanced students in five or six weeks of one class and study period per day. The work can also be scattered in different years. If one subject per term were given in consecutive order to English classes, in high schools, beginning with the B8 of junior high and ex- tending through the A12 of senior high, the work could be covered in two or three class and study periods per term; or, if familiarity with reference books is desired early in the school course, the most important subjects could be crowded into the early high school grades. The order in which the subjects of the pamph- lets are listed below suggests a logical sequence, whether the work is given slowly or rapidly or to lower or to upper grade students. 1 — Webster's New International Dictionary 2 — New Standard Dictionary 3 — Encyclopaedias 4 — Parts of a book 5 — Atlases; city directories; gazetteers 6 — Concordances 7 — Library classification and card catalogue 8 — Indexes to periodical literature; debates 9 — Year-books 10 — Commercial indexes 11 — Important publications of city, state and federal governments The inclusion of specimen pages from the reference books studied makes it possible for each student to follow all illustrative examples without making a trip to a library and waiting to have access to the complete reference work. No library will furnish a sufficient number of copies of expensive reference books to supply large classes adequately for detailed study; neither could a library afford to have pages in expensive reference books as badly worn and marked as they would become if many students were required to consult them for prepared lessons. Experience has proved tliat uhe best results can be obtained if the work is begun in regular clas?, recitations by a librarian or a teacher reading the text with the class. It" conducted in' this way, no previous preparation will be neces- sary, either by the class or by the one who conducts it. As the reading of the text proceeds, it will be seen that important features of the reference books studied are emphasized by referring to the sample pages embodied in the text. With a little class direction of this kind the students can readily see the plan of the text, and can finish any unread pages independently as an assigned lesson for the next recitation. In classes composed of advanced students, or in cases of absence, the entire work could be done independently. The questions on the colored page fastened on the inside of the last cover are designed to emphasize important points and to systematize the work for class records. Blank spaces are left under the questions for the answers. When the questions are assigned as a lesson to be prepared out of class, and the answers are written from memory in the blank spaces during the class recitation following, the points are more thoroughly impressed than they are when the answers are written before coming to class, while having direct access to the text. A key, giving the answer to each question, together with its value on the scale of 100, will be found underneath the question sheet when it is removed. By means of this key, students can correct their own or another's work in a few minutes of class time, in case the librarian or teacher cannot give extra time to do so. Schools which ask a leading reference question in final examinations find that students give more attention to the work and therefore learn to value its importance. The follotving paragraphs are taken from the Foreword of the First Edition Possibly the best way of presenting the points which it is hoped this series of lessons may emphasize is to quote directly from the preface of a Bulletin oa "Library instruction in universities, colleges and normal schools," from the United States Bureau of Education, 1914 — No. 34. Many educators of note, as well as college and university librarians, have emphasized the urgent necessity of instruction and training in "book-using skill." The place of the library in the work of all departments is one of increasing importance. The library is a resource or reservoir from which the student should draw constantly for information and inspiration. Every month of delay in instructing him in the meaning and use of the library lessens the efficiency of his course. Every new student should be required to take some course in which is given definite practical instruction in the handling of library tools Such a course, more- over, should not only be required, but it should constitute a definite part of the work required for a degree. 2 Comniercial Indexes One usually thinks of reference work as being confined to a search for infor- mation on some scholarly subject; it is, nevertheless, just as truly reference work to try to find the publisher of a newspaper, or the manufacturer of a typewriter, or any other desired information, as it is to look for the date of the life of Shake- speare, for example. We therefore have a great variety of guides both for commercial and academic needs. Many commercial guides relate to purely technical fields, and are used only by those whose interests require them. Many of the general commercial and civic guides, however, should be known by every intelligent person. Those to be studied in the following pages will serve to give a comprehensive idea of the kind of information which can easily be found, and also how to find other guides which will give details when they are needed. City and State Business Directories Telephone and City Directories A telephone directory or a city directory is simply a business reference book. At the back of most telephone and city directories a list of firms engaged in any kind of business in the city can be found, arranged alphabetically under the name of the business or profession. Most city directories, at the front, give a guide to valuable miscellaneous information pertaining to the city, such as: city offices, schools, churches, hospitals, etc. The alphabetical arrangement of streets, sub-arranged by house numbers, in the back of a city directory, is an essential guide when one needs to find between what streets a certain house number comes. The index of streets on the city map is also indispensable, guiding one, as it does, to the location of the street on the map bj^ suggesting that the street could be found at the intersection of imaginary lines drawn from a certain letter on one margin of the map to a certain number on the margin at right angles to it, fol- lowing the general method used by atlases. State Gazetteers For many states a gazetteer is published which gives information for the towns in the state corresponding to that given for cities in city directories. In some, but not in all of these state gazetteers, miscellaneous information regarding the state as a whole is given at the front, such as: State Boards, State institutions. State officials. The main portion of these gazetteers is taken up with an alpha- betical list of the towns in the state, giving a brief description of each one, the population, and an alphabetical list of important residents. At the back of these gazetteers, an alphabetical list of the kinds of business carried on in the state is given, indicating what towns have firms carrying on each business. (A fuller description of city and state directories, with specimen pages, is given in the pamphlet on atlases.) Business Under City; County; State; Federal Governments A large amount of the business of the country is carried on under the govern- ment. Most of our educational institutions are under local or state control; the parcel post has displaced much of the express business; many city water and lighting plants are under the city government; railway and telegraph systems are largely owned by the Federal government. Some branches of the government business are self-supporting, such as the postal or telegraph service, while many others are supported by taxation, such as education, fire and police protection. The expenses, extent of work done, names of officials and other items con- nected with a business which is under any branch of the government are reported by that branch as an official report. The most important of such reports are kept in public libraries, and also in the office of the department reporting. Business Under Private Firms in the United States Lists of the most important leading firms in the United States are published and are frequently revised. Information of this nature is arranged under two headings: Alphabetically under the name of the firm. Alphabetically under the name of the business or of the article manufactured. Each of these methods of indexing are illustrated by specimen pages follow- ing this general outline. Alphabetically Under the Name of the Firm Three leading manuals are published yearly which give business statistics under the names of the firms: Moody: Analyses of Investments. Moody Manuals. Manual of Statistics. The "Moody Analyses of Investments^' gives ratings for the purpose of protecting an investor as well as for the purpose of protecting credit. It is as important to be able to learn whether the stocks and bonds in which one is think- ing of investing are safe, as it is to know whether a check received is good. The "Moody Investors' Service" issue three large volumes as follows: Analyses of Railroads (called the "Green Book"). Analyses af Public Utilities and Industrials (called the "Red Book"). Analyses of Government and Municipal Securities (called the "Blue Book"). These books can be found in most large libraries. Under each firm or cor- poration mentioned in any volume, such items as the following are given: State laws under which the business was incorporated; brief history of the firm; capital stock; business managers; equipment, rating, and a per cent suggesting safety for investment. Details will be illustrated later by means of specimen pages. 4 The "Moody manuals" give most of the items included by the Moody In- vestors' Service, but they omit the item of margin of safety for the investor. The Moody manuals are issued in three large yearly volumes, and current quarterly supplements, as: Industrials; Public Utilities; Railroads. The Manual of Statistics, known as the Stock exchange hand book, condenses into one volume selected information similar to that contained in the three volumes of the Moody manuals. Alphabetically Under the Name of the Business or of the Article Manufactured Two leading manuals are published yearly which give business information under the name of the business or of the article manufactured: Hendricks: Commercial Register. Thomas: Register of American Manufacturers. (This book gives names of firms in an appendix on blue paper, but gives information under articles manufactured, in the body of the register.) Details will be illustrated later by means of specimen pages. Business Under Private Firms in the World Alphabetically Under the Name of the Business or of the Article Manufactured A very large volume of nearly 3,000 pages of exceedingly fine print gives the leading firms in the entire world, arranged under business. It is known as: Kelly: Directory of Merchants, Shippers and Manufacturers of the World. A specimen page from the index to this book will be studied later. Credit Rating Books It is thoroughly understood in the business world that no firm gives credit to an unknown firm without first finding to what extent its credit is good; that is, its "rating." The two best known rating agencies issue the following publications, which give the financial standing of firms in the United States and Canada: Bradstreet: Book of Ratings. Dun: General Reference Book. Both of these publications are confined to private subscriptions; neither of them can be found in public libraries. There are many other general credit rating agencies in the United States; most cities have their local agencies. Business Magazines; Newspapers Almost every profession or business in existence has its own magazine, or special publication. A list of the general and special magazines and newspapers which are published in the United States is issued every year in a directory entitled: Ayers: Newspaper Annual and Directory. This publication will be illustrated by specimen pages later. 5 Mailing Lists A large amount of business is carried on through the mail, such as the sending of bills, checks, announcements. For the purpose of advertising, it is desirable to have lists of persons or firms especially interested in the articles or business to be announced. It is very important, therefore, to know where to find classified lists which can be depended upon to be kept up to date regarding addresses, positions, firm names or other items subject to change. Permanent lists of the most important professions and business in the United States are printed in regular book form, and frequently revised. Amongst the many directories or registers issued are the following: Medical directory; Dental register; Directory of the legal profession; Educational directory; Furniture dealers; Crockery dealers; Engineers; Insurance; Motion pictures; Hotels. Mailing lists for many purposes can be secured from R. L. Polk and Company, publishers of city directories and state gazetteers. Detroit, Mich. The following mentioned book gives valuable information regarding obtain- able lists for almost any purpose: W. S. Thompson: Directory of Mailing Lists: Putnam. New York. This book is full of suggestions as to where to find society lists, lists of offi- cials, lists in year-books, and lists in many out-of-the-way plaAes. It also gives a guide to credit rating books. Laws of Business Though only a lawyer knows the details of legal transactions, every intelligent person should know something about the forms and the legal requirements relating to such general items as the drawing up of contracts, the formation of partnerships, the giving or taking of a mortgage, and many other items. A reliable book which has been prepared by a Harvard University professor of commercial law for just such needs, is: Parsons: Laws of Business. Scranton, Hartford, Conn. Details: Illustrated by Specimen Pages The first specimen entry, on page 9, is taken from the index of Thomas: Register of American Manufacturers. Glance over the page to gain an idea of the vast number of items which such a register must include. Find a note under the word "nails" and tell how many kinds of nails are manufactured. Note the long list of articles manufactured for use in connection with nails, and tell how the list is sub-arranged. How many kinds of needles are manufactured? What column, instead of page, is referred to for the list? A part of one of the pages devoted to needles in the body of the Register is reproduced, and follows the specimen entry from the index. Consult it, and name a firm manufacturing hoot and shoe needles in South Framingham, Mass. What is the letter at the outer margin opposite the name? The capital letters following each firm name indicate an estimation of the amount of money invested. The following schedule is given on the inside of the front cover: AAAA over $1,000,000 B over $50,000 F over $2,500 AAA 500,000 C " 25,000 G " 1,000 AA 300,000 D " 10,000 H " 500 A 100,000 E " 5,000 X no estimate A rating of "H," in this Register, therefore, does not mean an unreliable firm, but simply a firm with a small capital. Give the exact address of a firm manufacturing hand sewing needles. Which firm, manufacturing crochet needles, has the largest capital invested? The specimen entry on page 11 is from a part of one page of the index of Hendricks: Commercial Register. Consult it and tell what number is referred to for the manufacturers of slate pencils. Turn to the page following the index, which is a reproduction of part of one of the pages devoted to pencils, and give the address of a firm in Tennessee which manufactures slate pencils. Glance a little above the slate pencil manufac- turers, find the lead pencil manufacturers and give the address of the Eagle Pencil Company. Under Pens, steel, find the address of the Spencerian Pen Company. Does Hendricks Register indicate the ratings of the firms? Both the Thomas and the Hendricks registers are valuable as mailing lists. The specimen entry on page 13 is taken from a section of one of the pages in the index of Kelly: Merchants, Shippers and Manufacturers of the World. Consult it and tell on which page in the directory the names of firms handling pencils in the following cities could be found: Calcutta; Milan; Warsaw; Phila- delphia. Which is the larger industry, the manufacturing of pencils or of per- fumery? How many pearl button manufacturers are listed? What is the only city in the world listed as manufacturing pencil sharpeners? The specimen entry which follows Kelly is from the first page of the index to the Class and trade publications in Ayers: Newspaper Annual and Directory. Consult it and note the variety of subjects on this one page. On what page in the annual could one find a list of publications devoted to the following in- terests: Bee keeping; aviation; coal and coke; confectionery and ice cream; deaf; blind; business and office methods; commercial and industrial; advertising? The second specimen entry from this newspaper annual is taken under Missouri in the body of the book. Consult it under Joplin, and give the editor of a paper published there by the name of "News Herald." In what year was this paper established? How large is the circulation of the Sunday edition? Which paper in Joplin has the largest circulation? When was the paper es- tablished in Jefferson City called "Capital News"? Notice that a brief descrip- tion of each town is given. In what county of Missouri is Jerico Springs located? What paper is published there? Is the alphabetical arrangement of the page 7 with reference to towns or names of the papers? The main directory is arranged under states; under each state the towns in it are sub-arranged alphabetically. Could one find the editor of a paper called the "Courrier," for example, without first knowing where the paper is published? The specimen entry on page 16 is taken from Moody: Analyses of Investments Consult it under '^Johnston Telephone Company," at the paragraph headed "History," and tell when the firm was incorporated, and under which state laws. How many telephones does the company own? How many miles of wire are required? What is the population served? Under Management, find who is the president of the company. When and where is the annual meeting held? Under Comparative Income Account tell what was the amount for the gross revenues in 1917: What per cent was earned on the stock in 1917? Compare these items with those for 1912 as given in the last column. Under Table A, Bond records, give the date for the maturity of the bonds. The interest is payable in what months? What is the average income available? What per cent represents a very high safety of investment? (A very much lower per cent for this item would still be considered good under the schedule adopted by this company.) Is the security and the salability of these bonds considered good? What is the net rating? The significance of the letters for rating in the Moody Investors Service is not the same as that for the Thomas Register. All the bonds and stocks are classified and rated in accordance with their position and security. Thus, the highest grade issues receive an "Aaa" rating, the next grade "Aa," then "A," "Baa," "Ba," "B," "Caa," etc., until the very poorest securities are reached. A security given an "Aaa" rating is to be regarded as practically ideal in both security and market; one given a "Baa" rating is slightly speculative, but general- ly good as a "business man's investment;" a "Ba" rating means a "speculative" investment; a "B" rating means a speculation, while a "Caa" rating is almost exclusively speculative. The user of the books is thus able to ascertain at a glance the exact character and standing of any security he holds or contemplates purchasing. A Specimen Entry from the Index of Thomas: Register of American Manufacturers .- < w eo CO SSil^'^'^®^^ "III; t> . . . . ^ : : : : ® ' I ; ! S tu : • : „-2 -^ • M -w a 2! a an- ?? "•J^ SS^$£ 4W -"f ^2 •2S "t-^ "-^ E" = ■! t- (MO C-I t^-* 00®lfl O'I'Ifib- M ^ ioth ootme-i" -tt-(M T-^ooi-i -^ 6 : 5 0-" 'UU2 55 5CS§'&S5'S'Si'g^2^'^ 5 O OCT ; » ; ; ; CJ ^ a "' ^ b bo XMgjooeooHjM 0"r-10 -isr- 55 ;5 ..-(00!-Httir o Ese ■■2 :^i iw^ S,^"E :-T.? H. «« o or:: o = * oU © o o * «m 3 or & > t.© r-* ' "S S. . . ^ i&sis-s-si. OD or; t- i-i 00 1-1 15 aS'g •<»< loioiac 0,— 2 4) 2|^ ■ a "•M c ■■'ati Eh c; O cj P o aj « -a— ^— — o 006 o S S fi 20.>«- .. OrnT! o 5 -Pxi r C— . e^ * 00 CM < -re-as K.2" o s i ||l= sl=l i|L III |2|l i"-« ie>llf «.|S||I i i 5 cj e<3 0> f 05000000 .-i-T-C) COr •*C0t-05 OCOt-t- l-C * HO *i ? • a c~ S : S»«5 : •5*.2gOHM, *2 o di af 3 « t, > o >> n b o 0) o o O :«^J o °5 .. I ^ « « S.2.S ^ii o £ pE=< SiSiiS o-o 3^S— «£t:t:W a oim'^ o cog : ^ : » 3 ID ® • a , *5 r? S" • ^ S S -2 IffM OClftt-iHO €■11-00 00^ 00 aan© AA.AA Dleckerhoft, Raffloer & Co., 564 B'way.. AAAA Find & Co.. A. (Imp.). 93 Chambers A Oreene, Frank P., 39 Broad D Irving Mfg. Tool Co.. 1B7 Chamber« X Lederer. F E., 71 Greene (International Needle Co.) B 5422 NEEDLES: BOOT & SHOE. MASS.: HAVERHILL:— Keith, Irving L F MASS.: SOUTH FRAMINGHAM: Long Machinery Co., K. H A NEEDLES: BROOM MAKERS. CONN.: WATERVILLE: Berbecker & Rowland Mfg. Co A MASS.: NORTH HADLEY: Dickinson & Son, C ..D NEEDLES: CARPET. CONN.: WATERVILLE: Berbecker & Rowland Mfg. Co A NEEDLES: COMBER. MASS.: BOSTON: Leigh & Butler, 232 Summer (Imptrs.) .C MASS.: LOWELL: Bagshaw, W. H., Co .A N. J.: NEWARK: Crabb & Co., Wm., 3d, cor. 4th A PA.: PHILADELPHIA: Hood Co., R. H., 1842 G't'n Ave C R. I.: PROVIDENCE: Bragg, John I., 24 Atwood Q Townsend, Tho^., 157 Orange B R. L: WOONSOCKBT: Woonsocket Comb Co O NEEDLES: CROCHET. CONN.: CHESTER: BATES, C. J.. & SON B CONN.: DEEP RIVER: Potter & Snell C CONN.: ESSEX: Tiley Pratt Co C N. Y.: NEW YORK CITY: American Hard Rubber Co., 11 Mercer (Hard Rubber) AAAA Brabant Needle Co., 47 Great Jones St....D NEEDLES: DARNING. CONN.: WATERVILLE: Berbecker & Rowland Mfg. Co A NEEDLES: DENTISTS HYPODERMIC. N. Y.: NEW YORK CITY: Consolidated Dental Mfg. Co., 134 Washing- ton PI B OHIO: CLEVELAND: United States Dental Mfg. Co., 6505 Conrad Ave D NEEDLES: DIPPING. WIS.: MILWAUKEE. White, David, Co., 421 E. Wat^r D NEEDLES: ENGRAVING. N. y.: NEW YORK CITY: SENEFELDEK LITKO. STONE CO., 187 Washington 1 NEEDLES: FLOUR BAG. CAL.: OAKLAND: Barr Bros. Co., Inc NEEDLES: HAND SEWING. ILL.: CHICAGO: Boye Needle Co., 4343 Raveuswood Ave B NEEDLES: HARNESS. CONN.: WATERVILLE: Berbecker & Rovviand Mfg. Co A NEEDLES: HOSIERY (see also Needles, Knitting Machine). PA.: MONT CLARE: Mont Clare Needle Co D NEEDLES: HYPODERMIC (see also Need- les, Dentists; also Syringes). MASS.: BOSTON: Randall-Faichney Co., 76 Atherton X Wilson & Wilson X 5423 A Specimen Entry from the Index of Hendricks: Commercial Register No. Peanut planters 11033 roasters 12536 roasting machines 8067 separators 13308 threshers & cleaners. .15550 Pear canners (see canned goods) 1829 Pearl ash 260 button machinery & tools 8760 button turning lathes.. 7288 buttons 1739 shells 13499 Peat fuel machinery 8761 moss 9947 Peavey handles 5821 picks 10859 sockets 13836 Peavtes 10777 Pebble dryers (see sand & gravel heaters & dryers) 12908 mills 9761 surface roofing 12716 Pebbles, flint 4873 Pedals, automobile horn 10778 bicycle 10779 motor cycle 10779 mufller cut-out 10780 Pedestals, ornamental. .10781 radiator 107S2 sun dial 10783 wooden 10783a Pedometers 10784 Peeling tables 14654 & seeding machines, pumpkin 8871 Peg awls 338 boards 983a tooth harrows 5953 & lace hole cutters, au- tomatic 15099 Pegs, dental polishing. .10784a dobby 3865 husking 10785 shoe 10786 wood 10787 Pen cases 2121 clips 2713 grinders 5633 & ink artists, architec- tural 1264 Pencil boxes 234 box locks 1264 cases 2121 clips 2713 composition mixing ma- chines 87fila holders 6260 sharpeners 13389 timber 10788 Pencils, advertising 10789 camel's hair 10790 chalk. propelling & repelling 10791 clutch 10792 copying Ink 10793 crayon (see crayons & pencils, metal work- ers, etc.) 3414 drawing 10795 French chalk 10796 graphite 10797 lead 10798 lumber 10799 metal workers' 3414 slate 10800 talc & soapstone 10801 water color 10802 Pendant switches 14598 telephones 14935 Pendants, wiring 10803 Pendulameter 10804 Penholders 10805 Pennant felts 4625 mfrs 10806 Pens, bull 10807 calf 10807 cow 10807 fountain 4995 gold 10808 gold plated 10809 ruling 10810 show card printing. . .10811 No. Pens, steel 10812 Pensticks 10812a Penstocks 10813 Pepper shakers 13377 Perch plates 11113 Perches, examining 10814 Perchloride. iron 6700a Percolators. c h e m ical works 10815 coffee 10816 garbage, grease, etc.. 10816a pharmaceutical 10817 Percussion caps (see am- munition) 155 Perforated belting 747 metals 9696 music rolls 12685 radial block chimneys.2456 screens for coal, etc.. 13148 slat settees 13325 Perforating machines 8762 presses 11602 rule, cutting & creas- ing 12805 Perforators, check 2427 postage stamp 10818 Perfume dresser stands & bottles 10818a Perilla oils 10324b Permanent magnets 9515 tracks & switches 15847a Permanganate of pot- ash 11414 Permissible explosives. . .4489 Peroxide, barium 517 of hydrogen 10819 of manganese 10820 of sodium 10821 Pestles 10821a Petrol depth gauges 5308a Petrolatum 10822 Petroleum can ma- chinery 8763 coke 2865 & its products 10823 Pevey cards 15046 Pew end mfrs 10824 plates 11114 racks 12081 Phaetons 1972 P h a r maceutical appa- ratus 8764 machinery 8764 percolators 10817 stills 14320 Pharyngoscopes 10825 Phase rotation indicators. 6568 shifters 13523 Phenol 10825a apparatus lOSMb stills 14320a Phenolphthalein 10826 Phonograph horns 6438 needles 10116 record holders, wire.. 12227 reproducers 10826a springs 14026a Photographic film ma- chinery S770a Phonographs (see talking machines) 9244 Phosphate, acid 43 carriers 1977 of ammonia 10827 mill machinery 8765 rock 10S28 rock dryers 4135 sodium 13857 Phosphine 10829 Phosphor bronze 10830 bronze alloys 125a bronze balls 467 bronze bushings 1716 bronze castings 2184 bronze ingots 6596 bronze nuts 10213 bronze rivets 12517 bronze rods 12575 bronze rolling mills. . .12651 bronze screws 13215 bronze sheets 10831 bronze springs 14027 bronze washers 16646 bronze wire 16956 bronze wire rope 16973 11 No. Phosphor copper 10832 shafts 13373 tin 10833 Phosphoric acid 44 Phosphorizers 10834 Phosphorous 10836 ferro 4654 melting bars, low 575 Phosphorum copper 10835 Photo-engravers' lining- beveling machines. . .8557 -engravers' machinery . 8766 -engravers' nails 10085 -engravers' outfits ...10419 -engraving arc lamps.. 7151 -micrographic appara- tus 10840 mount beveling ma- chines 8767 Photograph card beveling machines 8768 machines 8769 Photographers, architec- tural 10837 Photographic copying machines 8770 glass 5461 mounts 10021 paper 10699 squibs 14081 Photomailers 10838 Photometer lamps 7204 meters 9728 Photometers 10839 Photo-micrographic ap- paratus 10840 Instruments 6635a transferrmg machines. 8767a Physical apparatus 10S41 laboratories 7092 Piano action machinery. 8771 actions 63 benches 773 cases 2122 casters 2141 felts 4626 hammer shank tongs. .15680 hammers 5782 hardware 5933 hinges 6113 locks 7551 machines 15307 makers' clamps 2601a makers' pliers 11169 makers' tweezers 16188 motors, automatic 9985 mouldings 10001a plates 11115 player hardware mfrs.. 5932 player parts, wood.. . .10841a varnishes 16454 wire 16957 Pianos 10842 Pick clocks 2729 eye forging machines. .8772 eye forging presses. . .11603 handles 5843a -up carts 2100 -up fire tongs 15681 -ups, trolley wire 10860 Pickaroons 10842 Picker leather 15308 parts 15309 pins 15310 sticks 15311 teeth 15312 Pickers, bean 10844 burr 15313 coffee 10845 corn 10848 cotton 15314 cotton filled 15315 fruit 10846 grape (see pickers, fruit) 10S46 hair 15316 hair pickers 11863 loom 15317 mixing 15318 pea 10847 peanut 10845 rag or shoddy 15319 & cleaners, stock 15320 & buskers, corn 10848 A Specimen Entry from the Body of Hendricks: Commercial Register 10796— Pencils (French Chalk) Nevins Saml. Co.. 109 S 2d, Phlla., Pa. 10797— *Pencils (Graphite) DIXON JOSSPH CRrCIBLE CO. "Dixon's" Office & Drawing Pencils), Jersey City, N. J. iSee adv index at end of book 10798— Pencils (Lead) American Lead Pencil Co. ("Venus," "Vel- vet"), 220 5th av. New York Best Richard, 54 Lafayette, New York Blaiadell Paper Pencil Co. (Paper), 141 Berkeley. Phila., Pa. Brown Gordon (Paper), 25 Elm, New York DIXON JOSEPH CRUCIBLE CO.. Jersey City, N. J. See adv index at end of book Eagle Pencil Co., E 13th, New York Faber A. W. (Castell"), 41 Dlckerson, Newark, N. J. Faber Eberhard Pencil Co., 39 Green- point av, Brooklyn, N. Y. Faber Johann (Imp.), 54 Lafayette, New York Hardtmuth L. & C. ("Kooh-I-Noor"), 34 E 23d. New York Keeran & Co. (Ever-Sharp Pencil), Bloomlngton, 111. National Pencil Co., Atlanta, Ga. 10799— *Pencils (Lumber) Adams D. C. Crayon Co. (Crayons), 125 Market, St. Louis, Mo. See adv index at end of book DEKON JOSEPH CRUCIBLE CO. (Graph- ite), Jersey City, N. J. See adv index at end of book 10800— Pencils (Slate) Doggett Stanley (Artificial), 11 CUfC, New York Illf elder B. & Co. (Artificial), 29 Union sq. New York Steward D. M. Mfgr. Co. ("Compo."), Chat- tanooga, Tenn. 10801— Pencils (Talc & Soapstone) ADAMS D. C. CRAYON CO., 125 Market, St. Louis. Mo. f>ee adv index at end of book Cohutta Talc Co. (Soapstone; also Crayon), Dalton. Ga. DIXON JOSEPH CRUCIBLE CO., Jersey City, N. J. See adv index at end of book Dcggett Stanley, 11 Cliff, New York Steward D. M. Mfg. Co., Chattanooga, Tenn. 10802— Pencils (Water Color) AMERICAN CRAYON CO.. 1300 Hayes av, Sandusky, O. See adv index at end of book 10803— Pendants (Wiring) Fletcher Mfg. Co. ("Etherldge"), Dayton, 1 080-1 — Pendulameter Norton Grinding Co., Worcester, Mass. 10805 Penholders Amer. Lead Pencil Co., 220 5th av. New York Center Shaft Penholder Co., Hanover, Pa. Dixon Joseph Crucible Co., Jersey City, N. J. Sf.e adv index at end of book Esterbrook Steel Pen Mfg. Co., Camden, N. J. ESTABLISHED 1847 E. B. ESTES (Si SONS Manufacturers of PENHOLDERS — Commercial, School and Advertising PLAIN, POLISHED AND ENAMELED IN ANY STYLE 358 5th AVENUE "^ NEW YORK CITY Faber Eberhard Pencil Co., 37 Greenpolnt av, Brooklyn, N. Y. Pencil Printing Co. (Advertising), 140 S 4th, Phila., Pa. Union Pearl Works (Pearl), 43 W 27th, New York. Works: Brooklyn, N. T. 10S05— Pennant Mfrs. See also Flag Mfrs. Annin & Co., 99 Fulton, New York Art Graphic Co., 129 Fulton, New York Beverly Mfg. Co., Stanton, Va. Bradford & Co., St. Joseph, Mich. Chicago Pennant Co.. 6142 Cottags Orov* av, Chicago, 111. Donaldson Art Sign Co,, 21st & L. N. R. R. Cov, Cincinnati, O, Hoffmann-Corr Mfg. Co.. 313 Market. Phlla., Pa. Moiteiison Samuel & Co., 833 W Jackson l)lvd. Chlcaijo. III. Pacific Pennant & Novelty Co.. Los An- geles, Cal. Pennant Novelty Co., 322 B'way, New York Rod Pennant Mfjr. Co., S Watklns, Brook- lyn, N. Y. Sternthal F. (Felt). 217 W Madison, Chi- cago, IlL Triangle Pennant Co., 160 N 5th av, Chi- cago, 111. Wales H. A. Co. (Who. Dlrs.), Bridgeport. Conn. 10807— Pens (Calf, Cow & BuU) James Mfg. Co. ("James"), Ft. Atkinson. Wis. Llbby C. A. Co. ("Llbboy"), Oshkosh. Wis. Louden Machinery Co., Fairfield, la. Rassmann F. Mfg. Co.. Beaver Dam. Wis. Pens (Fountain) See Fountain Pen Mfrs. 10808— Pens (Gold) Acme Gold Pen Co., 17 Vandewater, New York Gaydoul Gold Pen Co., 50 John, New York Hicks Wm. Mather, 235 Greenwich, New York Horn M. T. Co., 114 Park pi. New York Pearce F. T. Co., 85 Sprague, Providence. R. I. Todd Edw. & Co.. 1 W 34th. New York Willard Pen Co., Bayonne, N. J. 10809— Pens (Gold Plated) Hunt C. Howard Pen Co. (For Foun- tain Pens), Camden, N. J. Turner & Harrison Pen Mfg. Co. (For Fountain Pens), 1211 Spring Garden, Phila., Pa. 10810— Pens (Ruling) Alteneder Theo & Sons, 945 Ridge av. Phila., Pa. Dredge A. Kuling Pen Co., 75 Gold. New York Hickok W. O. Mfg. Co., Harrlsburg, Pa. KeufCel & Esser, Hoboken, N. J. 10811— Pens (Show Card Printing) Keuffel & Esser ("Payzant"), Hoboken. 10812— Pens (Steel) Esterbrook Steel Pen Mfg. Co., Camden, N. J. Graft Geo. B. Co. ( "Graff co Silver Steel"), 294 Washington, Boston, Mass. Hunt C. Howard Pen Co., Camden, N. J. Mason W. L. & Co. ("Mason's"), Keene, N. H. JTiller Bros. Cutlery Co., Merlden, Conn. Spencerian Pen Co., 349 B'way, New York Turner & Harrison Pen Mfg. Co., ("Isaacs"), 1211 Spring Garden, Phlla., Pa. 10812a— *Pensticks Estes E. B. & Sons. 35S 5th av. New York Bee adv index at end of book 10813— Penstocks Atlantic Works, 80 Border, East B, Bos- ton, Mass. BIGGS BOILER WORKS CO. (Steel). Case av & Williams. Akron. O. See adv index at end of book Brennan John & Co.. 24th & M. C. R. R., Detroit, Mich. Casey-Hedges Co., Chattanooga. Tenn. Connery & Co., 2d & Luzerne, Phlla., Pa Cox & Sons Co., 5th & Chestnut, Phli».» Pa. A Specimen Entry from the Index of Kelly: Merchants, Shippers and Manufacturers of the World Wtstpotfc - 271 Wheeling • - 1822 Wi.Kisor . . - 272 WiiiDipeff. . 287 Wiuona - - 1S2.) Wiiiston-Salem - 1826 Yarmouth - • 2>i2 Yonkcrs - - - 1S2S Yp?ilanti - . 1S29 Patent Solicitors :— Hamilton - - 236 Mojitreal - - 247 Toronto - - 26S Vaucouver - 291 \Viniiii>eg- - 2^7 Pat.^burg • !»00 Touiouso - - 607 Pattern Card Makers :- Aaolieii— iix - la Chrvpelle - 637 Bcrliu ct;3 Pattern Makers ;_ Chicago • 1577 Dc'Uoit ICOC ilanover (Pa.) 1626 Milwaukee - 1G02 New Glasgow 280 RoohesU-rcX.Y ) 1773 Pattern Makers' Supplies : Dresden - • 708 Pavement Light Mtrs. :- Loudon 22-'»8 Brussels 441 Paris 582 Philadelphia 17.';2 Svdney - ■ 120 Paving: Companies :— Guulph . . - 235 Kansas City - 163'» Melbourne - }46 New York 1721 Newark (X. J.) 1671 Oklahoma City 1738 Simcoe 260 Topeka - 1814 Pavlngf Tile Manufotrs.— See also Tile Manu- facturers—Paving :— London - 220G Provinces- 2828 Aubague - 4!'6 Brazil - - 1C.I8 Bicscia 967 EdwanJsville - - ](!10 Galesburg - 1619 Ghent - 415 Huntington (W . Va.)1631 M.-.astricht - 934 Mai ona.io -2022y Kaniur - 454 Pisa - l')05 Streator - 1808 Touruai 457 & 4.i8 Treviso - • 1015 Pea-Soup Sausages :— H-il .ronn- ■ - 787 Peanut Dealers : CambridK-e City - 3660 Cleveland - - - 16!i0 New York - 1721 Norfolk . - - 1736 Oiiklflnd - . 1737 Paris (Tex.) - - 1741 Penri;. - - - 1744 Petersburg - 1745 San I'raucisco - • 1794 Tvx..rkiua • - 1812 Peanut Butter M anfrs.: - . 1668 .NatKk - New ^^•cstInin■^t or • 28:. Peanut Roaster i k Vending Wagon Manu frs.:- Cincinnati . loS5 Pearl Beads :- Vienna - - 3^8 Pearl Cutters :- Mar - - . 792 Nixdorf - - - 365 P»*rt ifterohanU —See also Precious btOB e DIr.-.:- JUrcoiM Kursk - - - 1131 Menoniouie - - 1658 Mohileff-o.-Dniepr - 1133 Mohilefl-o.-Dniestr - 1133 Morschansk - - 1133 Pensa - - - 1147 Poltawa - - - 1163 Szombathely - - 424 Wormerveer - - 946 Worouesch - - 1167 Zaai.dam - - - 947 Pearl Button Manuf rs. : LaOiOsse- . - l(j42 Moline - - - 1664 Muscatine- - 106 i Peek^klll - - - 1743 Pearl Goods Manufrs. :— Neuukirchen - am - .'^tciuMde - 364 New York - - 1721 Providence - - 1706 Pearl Handle & Scale Cut- ters—See Cutlery Pearlers:— Broome 179 Onslow - - 1,-1 Thurtdiy IsKnd - 171 ' Pebble Flints Mors. : — Arnstadt- - - 642 Copenhagen 474 Dieppe 516 Jemappes 449 Le Treport - - 530 ViHentrois- - - 612 Peels (Lemon, Orange & Citron) in Brine:— BaBtia - - - 613 Mcsiina ■ 1027 Palermo - 1029 Syracusa - - - 1029 Pen & Peniiolder Manu- facturers — See Steel Peu & Penholder Mufrs. Pencil Importers :— Osaka - - - 1410 Pencil Manufacturers:— LotJ Oeslau (slate) • - 847 Paris- - , - - 582 Philadelphia - - 1750 Probstzella (Blate) - 856 Regensburg - - 8)8 Riga- - - 1156 Stein - - 874 Steiuach - • 874 Szirazv:im- - - 423 Turin - - - 1015 Vaso (slate) - - 3i Vienna - • 4iiO Vysocan - - - 3 13 Warsaw - - -1190 Zagreb - - - 425 Pencil (Lead & Colored) Manufacturers :— NUrnlxjr!^ - - - 844 Pencil Case Manufrs. :— Londou - - - 2259 Provinces - - - 29 8 Marlaschein - • 363 New York - 1721 Niirnberg- - - 844 Prague - - - 372 Pencil Machinery Kfrs. :— NeA- Yo k - - 1721 Nurnbcrg- - - f^44 Saginaw - - . 1777 Penoll Sharpener Manf rs : New York- - - 1721 Pendant M&nufaotra, :— Szeged - 423 Perfumery Mfenufotrs.- Pepper Plantations See also Eau de Cologne : Coimbatore T 83 London - . 2259 Dnmbara - • 61 Provincefl • • S9S8 Qalle- - - - 6S Isle of Man - - 3078 Hantaue - - 69 Aimeria - - 1202 Mysore - 36 Altona-Ottcaisen • 640 P.nak - - • 335 AJtstetten- . 133« Sabaug - - !i52 Amsterdam - 925 Sebattik - - 303 Andernach-on-Rhine 641 Watiegama - 55 Argenteuil - 495 Wynaad - - 44 Baltimore - - 1529 Peppermint Manufrs. :— Barcelona • 1307 Lyons - 639 Basle- - 1338 Paris - - .'.82 Berlin - - - 6t,3 St. Etienne - 600 B aiikenburg-Harz - 670 Saint Oueu - 589 *odeubach • 341 Peppermint (Oil of) Mfrs.: Boun-ou-Rhiue- - 671 Kalamazoo - I.i37 Bordcaux - - 803 Mishawaka - - lK.i3 Boston - 154& Newark (N. T.) - 1672 Braga - - - 1081 Yokohama - 1421 Bremen - - 67ft Perambulator Manufrs.— Breslau , - . 67S. See also Baby Carriage Brunswick - 684 Manufrs. ; also Child- BuPBOs Aires - - 2014 reu's Cart &. Carriage Cadiz - - - 12U Manufacturers : — Cairo . 317 London 2259 Cannes - ■ 509 Provinces Cartagena .2023c Ansbach .,41 Cassel . 685 Auckland 194 Chicago - - . 1678 Bozkov 367 Cleveland - . 1588 Brattlehoro" - 1548 Cologne - • 6S3,, Christchurch - - 1m8 Copenhagen ■ 476 Deynze 443 Dessau - 702 Eilenburg - 717 Detroit - . 1606 Finsterwalde - - 724 Dresden - . 709 Hamm - - -. 780 DUsseldorf - 714 Hobart - - 176 Finaterwalde - - 724 Krai Vinohrady - 40". Florence - - 976 Lenzburg - • 1349 Frankfort - on - the • Lichtenfels - 813 Main - - . 730 Lieguitz ■ . 813 Purruckabad - - 26 Malmo 1266 Gefie- - 1262 Melbourne - 146 Geneva - - - 1347 Milwaukee - 16til Genoa - 981 Murgenthal - 1351 Gera . 736 Nymegea - - 935 Ghazipur - - 25 Oederau - 847 GolfeJuau-Val-Lanris 622 Paris - 682 Gothenburg • . 1257 Pe-fth - - 186 Grasse - 622 Rothenburg - ob - der- Graz - . 349 Tauber - - 863 Guadalajara - - 1602 Sydney - 120 Halle . 746 Tiiburg - 944 Hamburg - . 774 Tours - 609 Hanover - - 784 Troyes - 609 Harburg-on-the Elbe 785 Utrecht - - 945 Heilbronn- . 788 Vienna - - 400 Hildesheim - . 780 Wellington - 217 Jackson - . 1634 Zeitz - - . m Jamnagar - 27 Perborate of Soda Mfrs. : Jersey City - - 1636 Provinces- - 2938 Jungbuuzlaa - - 363 Percussion Cap Mfrs. :- Karlsruhe - 795 London - - 2259 Kazanlik - . 464 Provinces - 2938 KJschineff . 1129 Barmen • 617 Klaeenfurt - ^364 Lajta-Ujfalu - - 423 Koniggrartz . 355 Prague - - 372 Kbnigsberg . 7a9 Biga- - 11.56 Krakow - - - 366 Vieuna - 400 Leipzig • - 810 Voshiu - 405 Lemberg - - 858 Perforated Plate Mfrs. :- As.chen — Ajx - la - Leyden Linkoping • 934 - 1263 Ghapelle Chicago ■ Cologne - Cologne-Kalk • Hanover - - 637 1578 - 693 - 69, • 784 Lisbon - Logansport LoweU - • Lyons M.alaga • - 1087 - 1646- . 1651 . 539 . 1225 Leiuzig Maubeuge- Munich - - 810 Manila . 1997 - 649 Marseilles - . 648 - 834 Melbourne - 146 New York - 1721 Mexico 1608 Prague - Ragulin Saiiit-Di6 - - .373 - 857 . 5 9 Milan Montpellier Moscow . - 994 662 1140 Siegcu-on-tbe-Sieg • 870 Perforating Machine Munich • Naples New York 834. 1000. 1721 Manufacturers — Newark (N.J.) - 1671 Loudon - • 2259 Newburgh 1674 Provinces- - 2938 Nice 556 Berlin - 6..3 Norwich (N.Y.) 1737 Leipzig - - 811 Niirnberg. OfTenbach 844 Paris - 882 848 Perforators-Metal -See giympia • Orebro • • 17M also Metal Pcrforatoret U<» Fr*nkfort-oD-tbe- OMka - • HU A Specimen Entry from Index to Glass and Trade Publications in Ayers: Newspaper Annual and Directory Page AccoDNTS— »e« Butinei) and Office Method! 1245 Advketisins 1240 Akronadtic 1240 ASKNTS 1249 Agnostic. Fbek Thought, etc 1240 Agricultural 1229 American Indian 1240 Anti-Clerical— see Patriotic, etc 1284 Anti-Pkohibition— »e« Liquor and Anti-Prohibi- tion 1274 Antiquarian— i«« Collectors, etc 1246 Anti-Tuberculosis 1210 Akchitectub* and Buildiko 1241 ART 1242 Astrological 1242 Athletics and Physical Ccltubb 1242 auctioneers 1242 Authors— »«e Books, etc 1244 Automobile, Gas Enginks, btc 1242 AVIATION— we Aeronautic 1240 Awningb.Shadks, Tents, etc 1243 Baking 1243 Banking- see Financial and Batiking 1260 Barbers and Hairdressers 1243 Barrels, Boxes and Packages 1243 Bee Keeping 1243 Blacksmiths and Horse Shoers 1244 Blind, The 1254 Bookkeeping— see Business, etc 1245 Books, Book Trade and Writers 1244 Botanical— see Scientific 1291 Bottling 1244 Boxes— see Barrels, Boxes and Packages 1243 Boy Scouts 1244 Brewing- see Liquor and Anti- Prohibition 1274 Brick, Tile, etc 1244 Brushes and Brooms— see House Furnishing Goods 1267 Building and Building Materials— see Archi- tecture and Building 1241 Building Associations— see Miscellaneous 1299 Building Management 1244 Business and Office Methods 1245 Butchers and Meat Packers 1245 Canning and Preserving 1245 Carpets— see Purniture, Upholstery and Carpels... 1262 Carriages and Harness 1 Catering— see Hotel, etc 1266 Cats— see Dogs, etc 1255 Cement and Concrete 1245 Cemetery- see Landscape Gardening, etc 1272 CHACTAuauA— see Entertainment, etc 1258 Chemicals and Chemistry 1245 Chess and Checkers 1245 Children, Care of 1246 China— see PoHerj/ and Glass 1286 China Decoration— see Art 1242 Page Civil Service 1248 Clay— se« Brick, etc 1244 Cleaning and Dyeing 1246 Clothing and Furnishing Goods 1248 Coal, Coke, etc 1246 Cold Storage- see Ice, etc 1267 Collectors, Numismatic, Philatelic, etc 1246 Collegiate 1247 Coloring Materials— see Painting, etc. 1284 —also Cleaning and Boeing, etc 1246 Coming Conventions 1253 Commercial and Industrial 1253 Commercial Travelers 1254 Concrete— see Cement and Concrete 1245 Confectionery and Ice Cream 1254 Contracting, Excavating, etc 1254 Contracts (Public) 1254 Co-operative Trading 1254 Cordage— see Miscellaneous 1299 Cosmetics— see -Soap, ete 1293 Cotton 1264 Cotton Goods— see Textile 1297 County Government— see J>fumcipo«, etc 1280 Country Life- see Suburban, etc 1295 Creamery— see Milk, etc 1279 Crockery— see Pottery and Glass 1288 Culinary— see Food and Culinary 1262 Dairy— see Milk, etc 1279 Dancing 1254 Deaf, The 1254 Decorating— see Painting, etc 1284 Dental 1255 Department Stores— see Miscellaneous 1299 Dogs and Pets 1255 Dramatic and Theatrical 1256 Drugs and Drug Trade 1255 Dry Goods 1256 Dyeing— see Cleaning and Dyeing 1246 Educational 1256 Electrical 1258 Engineering— see Mechanical and Engineering— V2n^ also Contracting, etc 1254 Entertainment, Lyceum, Chautauqua, etc...1258 Esperanto 1259 Excavating— see Contracting, etc. 1254 Export Trade 1259 Express 125 it Fancy Goods— see iVbtions and JbiJtcj/ Goods 1284 Farm Implements, Tractors, etc 1259 Fashion 12.59 Ff.ed— see Hay and Feed 1265 Fertilizer 12B0 Financial and Banking 1260 Firemen and Police 1261 Fish, Fisheries and Fish Culture 1261 Five AND Ten Cent Goods 1261 Florist and Floriculture 1261 14 A Specimen Entry from Body of Ayers: Newspaper Annual and Directory tstaD, '^Col, 'SIza, Siil). Qro, JACKSON t, pop. 2,ia5 (N8); Cape Girardeau Co. (S.E.), pop. 27,621. lo m. N.W. of Cape Girardeau. St. L., Iron Mtn. > c c io 00 t- ««• ee- CO CO oo oo oo Tj<0 too tCr}. 0.-H CiOO «^ e^ CO eoeo .-HO U e9- w- W- 69- ««- OO ICO T!<0 t^O oo wo rfio N tH s o u C ■^ "^CO SJ t> oc» a g o U> w • Q> a o oo OO oo oo ooo oo 09- 6* o^ Oi-I oo c-fco ^O rHO oo OO CO o C T-HO «/> «/5- ■JS-. -S-o c3 » O CD 2.S 4^' o « oo w ft 1-1 c "I Q CO 03 — C rt o .S-o CO bD t-9 «u ^1 < >, 1 5 bj c5? ^ « b. ^ ,a ^ 1 IC •< w a o: « 1.1 s 1 OT O 5 1 pi III 00 t-T e o M 10 a 1 s CQ 3 o ** cA "C te s g c t; o 1 c: 69 TJ >> CO 2 V) *S UI O S <; |8|l <5 to 13 iC fi ; to o CQ 6 1 « o < .§ a o tx o. © O ^ M < H (2 i 1 a M o <-> J <-* 1 ©4- 1 ^ ..r o C i § fc4 ^ n> 3 « 2 « « C g 05.2 '" a> S M > o3^ 300 £ ^■" O . C«twr-( C 5 <» ,, O oj I) P >= « c 2 p- Q) (I> ^ CS O .2 1-^ ^S •2 QJ O _. O 1-2 :^'^ ftx3*' ft OJ 03 to X ^ i~ CS » 16 Questions for Commercial Indexes Student's name Per cent Teacher's name Hour reciting Date Have you read the directions on the first page of this sheet? Answer j-es or no. "S l^In what part of a city directory could a list of local hotels be found? ^ e s 2 — If a list of the hotels in each town of a state is desired, what publication should be consulted? ^ 3 — If a list of the hotels in the United States is desired, what special directory should be consulted? ^ CO 4 — What book is devoted especially to indicating where mailing lists of business firms engaged J^ in almost any kind of business can be found? a; 'Zm 5 — a. Does the rating of "A" in the Thomas register indicate the reliability of the firm, or a "^ certain capital invested? eu b. Does the rating of "A" in the Moody Investors Service indicate capital invested or ^ safety of purchase of stocks and bonds? c. Does the Hendricks register give ratings? 6 — Which of the publications mentioned in the last question would give the name of the president of the Shredded Wheat Biscuit Company, and a brief history of the firm? « 7 — Which of the publications mentioned in question 5 would give a list of firms engaged in the « manufacturing of tvpewriters in the United States under the word "typewTiters"? ^ 8 — Give the surname for each of the credit rating books which are not open to the public, and — can be consulted only by subscribers. g. 9 — Give tie surname of the book which classifies the leading firms of the world under the article ^ manufactured or the business conducted, the title of which is, Directory of merchants, "^ shippers, and manufacturers of the world. ^ I 10 — a. Give the surname of the Newspaper annual a7id directory explained in the text. i^ O b . Is this directory arranged under the names of the papers and magazines, or under -o the states and towns in which they are issued? .£ c Should the body of this directory, or an index to an appendix, be consulted to find Jo what papers are devoted to certain interests; drugs, for example? C V Xi d. To what word should one first turn in this directory to find the name of the editor ^ of the Republican, published in Springfield, Massachusetts? e. Give the second word which should be consulted alphabetically for question "d" above, and after it the third word. 11 — a. The reports of what city department should be consulted to determine the expense of policing a city? b. Name two places where such reports are usually filed. Directions for Using Perforated Page of Questions and Key Which appear on the reverse side of this cover The questions which appear on the reverse side of this cover, on a perforated colored sheet, are not difficult, detailed or "catchy." They are intended to emphasize important points and to systematize the work for class records. The answers, which can easily be given after the text has been carefully read, should be written, from memory, in the blank spaces under the questions, preferably in class time unless directed to do otherwise by the one in charge of the work. The perforated sheet should be torn out in the presence of the one conduct- ing the class and only after it has been filled in. When directed to remove the questions, insert pencil in the hole and rip around the perforated edges. A key,, by means of which the work can be checked, is printed on the cover under the question page, but is not revealed until after the question page is removed. This key consists of the same questions, with the correct answer to each printed below it. The value of each question, on the scale of 100, is indicated after the answer in the key. By means of this key, students could correct their own or each other's work in a few moments, in case the librarian or teacher could not take the extra time to do so. If the one who corrects the paper finds an incorrect answer, the amount to be deducted should be placed on the outer right-hand margin, near the mistake. These amounts should be added, the sum subtracted from 100, and the result placed after the word "Per cent." at the top of the sheet. The questions are asked in such a way as to admit of very little variety in the wording of the answers. However, if the wording of a written answer is mani- festly correct, and perfectly clear, but not exactly like the printed answer, of course no deduction should be made. Do not deduct for spelling, nor for abbreviated statements if they are perfectly clear. If the one who corrects a paper marks a question wrong which the writer considers correct, the two should examine the key together, or ask advice from the one in charge of the class. Reference Guides That Should be Known and How to Use Them By Florence M. Hopkins Librarian Central High School and Junior College Detroit, Michigan This Pamphlet Pertains to Important Publications of City, State and Federal Governments TIME REQUIRED Two class periods and Preparation of one lesson THE WILLARD COMPANY 479 SIXTH STREET DETROIT ' MICHIGAN Copyright by FLORENCE M. HOPKINS 1919 Foreword This pamphlet is one of a series on the use of reference books. The complete series constitutes a second edition of "Reference guides that should be known and how to use them," wtich first appeared in 1916 as a text book for high and normal schools. The revision treats important phases of reference work in separate pamphlets, thus making it possible to grade the work, or to select the pamphlets best fitted to meet individual needs. Generally speaking, any one of the pamphlets can be completed in two class periods plus time for the preparation of one lesson be- tween recitations. The entire course could be completed by advanced students in five or six weeks of one class and study period per day. The work can also be scattered in different years. If one subject per term were given in consecutive order to English classes, in high schools, beginning with the B8 of junior high and ex- tending through the A12 of senior high, the work could be covered in two or three class and study periods per term; or, if familiarity with reference books is desired early in the school course, the most important subjects could be crowded into the early high school grades. The order in which the subjects of the pamph- lets are listed below suggests a logical sequence, whether the work is given slowly or rapidly or to lower or to upper grade students. 1 — Webster's New International Dictionary 2 — New Standard Dictionary 3 — Encyclopaedias 4 — Parts of a book 5 — ^Atlases; city directories; gazetteers 6 — Concordances 7 — Library classification and card catalogue 8 — Indexes to periodical literature; debates 9 — Year-books 10 — Commercial indexes 11 — Important publications of city, state and federal governments The inclusion of specimen pages from the reference books studied makes it possible for each student to follow all illustrative examples without making a trip to a library and waiting to have access to the complete reference work. No library will furnish a sufficient number of copies of expensive reference books to supply large classes adequately for detailed study; neither could a library afford to have pages in expensive reference books as badly worn and marked as they would become if many students were required to consult them for prepared lessons. Experience has proved that the best results can be obtained if the work is begun in regular class reciiaiioas by a librarian or a teacher reading the text with the class. If conducted in this way, no previous preparation will be neces- sary, either by the class or by the one who conducts it. As the reading of the text proceeds, it will be seen that important features of the reference books studied are emphasized by referring to the sample pages embodied in the text. With a little class direction of this kind the students can readily see the plan of the text, and can finish any unread pages independently as an assigned lesson for the next recitation. In classes composed of advanced students, or in cases of absence, the entire work could be done independently. The questions on the colored page fastened on the inside of the last cover are designed to emphasize important points and to systematize the work for class records. Blank spaces are left under the questions for the answers. When the questions are assigned as a lesson to be prepared out of class, and the answers are written from memory in the blank spaces during the class recitation following, the points are more thoroughly impressed than they are when the answers are written before coming to class, while having direct access to the text. A key, giving the answer to each question, together with its value on the scale of 100, will be found underneath the question sheet when it is removed. By means of this key, students can correct their own or another's work in a few minutes of class time, in case the librarian or teacher cannot give extra time to do so. Schools which ask a leading reference question in final examinations find that students give more attention to the work and therefore learn to value its importance. The fotlotving paragraphs are taken from the Foreword of the First Edition Possibly the best way of presenting the points which it is hoped this series of lessons may emphasize is to quote directly from the preface of a Bulletin on "Library instruction in universities, colleges and normal schools," from the United States Bureau of Education, 1914 — No. 34. Many educators of note, as well as college and university librarians, have emphasized the urgent necessity of instruction and training in "book-using skill." The place of the library in the work of all departments is one of increasing importance. The library is a resource or reservoir from which the student should draw constantly for information and inspiration. Every month of delay in instructing him in the meaning and use of the library lessens the efficiency of his course. Every new student should be required to take some course in which is given definite practical instruction in the handling of Hbrary tools Such a course, more- over, should not only be required, but it should constitute a definite part of the work required for a degree. 2 Public Documents Public Documents include publications of the nation, state, county and city. Many reports and special pamphlets issued by these governing bodies contain much very valuable material, the general nature of which should be familiar to every person, though most of the reports pertain to statistics, detailed local matters, laws, and other interests by far too cumbersome for examination except by those personally concerned. Reference work among public documents is a branch by itself. However, the plan on which they are issued should be un- derstood, and a few of the main publications made familiar. The affairs of government are usually managed by "Boards" or "Com- missions" having charge of different needs, within limited districts, such as Education; Health; Fire; Police; Lighting; Water; and many others. A city, for example, has its own local Board of Education; a county its County Commis- sioner of Education; and a state, its State Board of Education. The United States sustains a Bureau of Education, which receives reports from each state, issues valuable pamphlets, and serves as a center for unifying the educational interests and statistics of the entire country. A corresponding sequence is true for health reports; labor reports, and many others. A very close study is made of agricultural interests through state and United States Boards of Agriculture. The Agrictdtural Year-book, which is issued by the United States government in larger numbers than any other one book in the country, contains articles selected from the many publications of the United States Department of Agriculture. This year-book, which is of great value for agricultural subjects, can be found in most public libraries. Each individual Board in these vast numbers of cities, counties, and states is making a special study of conditions under its own care, and the United States government a corresponding study for the interests of the country as a nation. Even nations of the world interchange their documents. The great machinery of government is kept in operation through taxes which are collected by tax commissions under local, county and state control. Since public documents do not have to make money and are never advertised, we are apt to forget them, and thereby miss much valuable reference material. City Publications Many cities publish a manual, free, which indicates how the city is managed, who the officials are in different departments, and many other items. Each de- partment makes a yearly report of expenses and of the work which it has ac- complished. These reports are usually kept on file in local public libraries, as well as in the offices of the city departments themselves. It is interesting to examine local reports occasionally. The number of gallons of water pumped for one's 3 own city, the miles of water pipe needed to deliver them, and many other items connected with the water supply could be found in the report of the Water Com- mission. The number of fires, their causes, the amount of loss, and other items can be found in the reports of the Fire Commission. The number of pupils in each grade in the city schools, the value of school property, the cost per pupil for instruction could be found in the report of the Board of Education. Almost any item in connection with the government of a locality can be found by consulting the reports of the Board under whose management it falls. The report of what local Board or Commission should be consulted for such information as the fol- lowing : Number of cases of scarlet fever; Number of arrests made or of licenses granted; Value of the city parks; Number of books in the Public Library. State Publications Most states publish a volume each legislature giving a general survey of the work carried on by the state issuing it. The titles of these books vary in different states, but one of the following words is usually found in connection with the name of the state — "Manual," "Blue Book," "Red Book," "Directory," "Register." Every citizen should be familiar with the publication issued for his own state. The items included differ slightly in different states, but each one would probably contain : a. Constitution of the United States. b. Its own state constitution. c. Members of the United States Congress. d. Members of its own state legislature. e. Items of concern in each of its own counties. f. State institutions. g. Officials in prominent state positions, h. Index at back. Reports and publications from such state boards and commissions as the following should be recognized as sources for much valuable information: Labor Commission; Library Commission; Bank Commission; Dairy and Food Commission; Insurance Commission; Fish Commission; Board of Agriculture; Board of Education; Board of Health; Board of Corrections and Charities. Each state has its own laws published separately, and indexed. Monthly List of State Publications Aside from their regular official reports, most of these Boards or Commis- sions publish pamphlets containing special investigations made in their own fields. In order to create a center from which such reports can be made known, they are sent to the Library of Congress, in Washington, for record and cata- loguing. They are listed every month under the title, "Monthly list of state publications," and are indexed at the end of the year under author and subject. These reports and publications have a wider range than is generally supposed, as could be seen by consulting this index under such words as "milk," "flies," "birds," "music," "books." United States Publications The work of the United States government is divided into ten departments as follows: 1. Agriculture 6. Interior 2. Commerce 7. Navy 3. Justice 8. Post Office 4. Labor 9. Treasury 5. State 10. War Most departments are subdivided into bureaus and divisions, each branch of which publishes valuable reports and statistics pertaining to its own subject. Reports of investigations; resolutions; petitions; journals, etc., which are closely related to the immediate work of Congress, are issued in a series as "House" and "Senate" documents. These documents when bound are numbered consecutively from Congress to Congress. The publications from departments, bureaus, Senate and House fill between three and four hundred large volumes for each Congress. It is manifestly impossible to give more than a suggestion of this vast field of work in a brief outline. The following statement, taken from the "Price lists," is a description by the government itself of its own publications: ''The government of the United States is the greatest of all publishers of scientific works. It employs thousands of scientists, who are engaged the year round in making researches and investigations in all branches of agriculture, in geology, in mining, in electricity, in chemistry, in astronomy, in engineering, in aviation, in preventive medicine, in forestry, in irrigation, and in almost all other branches of scientific inquiry. The results of all these activities, from the most comprehensive and effective organization ever known, are constantly reduced to print and poured out in an inces- sant flood from the LARGEST PRINTING WORKS IN THE WORLD. The greater number of them are sold by the Superintendent of Documents, located in the government printing office. The government did not establish this sales office for the purposes of profit, but as a public convenience. The prices charged cover only paper and printing, no charge being made for the services of the statesmen and scientists who are the authors of the astonishingly varied books, pamphlets, periodicals, and maps, and no commissions being allowed to anybody. The documents even have the freedom of the mails and are sent without cost" {postage). The Superintendent of Documents is not authorized to supply free copies of the documents themselves, and it is useless to ask him to do so. Frequently, however, individuals, libraries, schools, and other bodies that need these docu- ments for public use can secure certain ones free, from a congressman or from the bureau or department issuing the pubUcation, so long as the "free list" lasts; thereafter they must be paid for, at cost of production, and ordered through the Superintendent of Documents. Price Lists In order to inform the public as to what pubhcations are for sale, the Super- intendent of Documents issues small classified catalogues, known as "Price lists." Each "Price list" enumerates United States government publications pertaining to some one subject, and indicates the price for which each publication can be secured. These prices range from a few cents to several dollars. A reproduc- tion of the subjects, as numbered for the "Price Lists," is given herewith. Price Lists will be sent free by the Superintendent of Documents at Washington upon application. As time goes on, no doubt much exceedingly valuable information on the recent war will be classified under Price lists. Much of the material issued by the Public Information Committee will be of permanent value. To gain some idea of the range of subjects included in Price lists, read the subjects on the accompanying specimen page for the numbers mentioned below. Lists can be asked for by subjects if the numbers are not known. 21; 24; 31; 33; 39; 53; 54. The paragraph below on Milk is taken from Price number 11, on Foods and Cooking, to illustrate details. What is the title of the article first men- tioned under Milk? It was prepared in what year? How many pages are de- voted to it? It appeared as what number in what publication? The full article can be secured for what price from the Superintendent of Documents? (The number at the end of the line (A 1. 9: 413) is the classification number.) What three articles are listed in the contents? In what year-book for what year does the second mentioned article appear? It can be secured, separately, for what price? What other Price Lists are referred to for other articles on Milk? MILK. Care of milk and Its use in home. 1910. 20 pages. (Farmers' Bulletin 413.) Paper. 5c. A 1.9: 413 Contents. — Care of milk m tbe home. — Flome pasteurization of milk. — Food value of milk. Condensed and desiccated milk. Pages 335 to 344. [From Agriculture Year- book. ] 912.] Paper, 5c. • A 1.10' : 595 Digestibility of raw. pasteurized, and cooked milk. (In Fiirmers' Bulletin 149, pages 27 and 28. Reptint 1909.) Paper. 5c. A 1.9: 149 Use of milk as food. 1909. 44 pages, illus. (Farmers' Bulletin 363.) Pa- per. 5c. A 1.9: 303 See also Price lists 38. Animal Industry, and 51, Health. Disease, and Sanita- tiOD. PRICE IISTS AND LEAFLETS Descriptive lists of United States public documents relating to special sub- jects that are for sale by tbe Superintendent of Documents at Washington are eent on application. The numbers and subjects of the lists available follow : PRICE LISTS 10. Laws of United States. 15. Geological Survey publications. It!. Secretary's Office Agriculture Dept. List of Farmers' bulle- tins. Agriculture Department Reports, and Yearbooks, includ- ing publications on miscellane- ous agricultural subjects. 18. Engineering: Mechanics. Publica- tions relating to mining, fuel- testing, electricity, river and harbor improvements, etc. 19. Army and Navy. Publications of War and Navy Departments and documents relating to the Army and Navy. 20. Lands. Publications of General Land Office, and other documents relating to conservation, drain- age, forest reservations, and irri- gation. 21. Fishes. 24. Indians. 25. Transportation. Publications of Interstate Commerce Commis- sion, and other documents relat- ing to -.roads, railroads, inland waterways, and shipping. 28. Finance. Publications of the Treasury Department and Na- tional Monetary Commission, and other documents on banking, cur- rency, etc. 31. Education. 32. Noncontiguous territory. Publica- tions on Alaska, Canal Zone. Cuba. Guam, Hawaii, Philippine Islands, and Porto Rico. 33. Labor questions. 35. Geography and explorations. Pub- lications of Coast and Geodetic Survey, and Government explora- tions in the West and in foreign countries. 36. Periodicals published by various Government bureaus. 37. Tariff. 38. Animal Industry Bureau. Publica- tions relating to domestic ani- mals, poultry, and dairy industry. 48. 50. 57. Biological Survey. Publications relating to birds and harmful animals. Chemistry Bureau. Publications on chemical analyses of food and drug products. Entomology Bureau. Publications on insects. Experiment Stations Office. Pub- lications relating to nutrition, drainage and irrigation investi' gations, and agriculture exten- sion work. Forest Service. Publications ou trees, lumber, wood preservation^ and forest management. Plant Industry Bureau. Publica- tions on seed selectloii, breeding, and diseases of economic plants. Public Roads Office. Publications on experiments with road mate- rials and in road building. Soils. Statistics Bureau, Agriculture De- partment. Weather Bureau. Publications on weather forecasts and statistics of temperature, rainfall, and river stages. American History Publications on politicil and military history of the United States and diplomatic relations with foreign countries. Health and hygiene. Publications on dietary studies, milk supply, food adulteration, sanitation, and disease. Poultry: Birds. Mai)s published by various Govern- ment bureaus. Political economy. Publications on immigration, corporations, initi- ative and referendum, recall, etc. National Museum publications. Smithsonian Institution publica- tions, including publications of Ethnology Bureau and American Historical As.sociation. Astronomical papers of the Naval Observatory. The foregoing by no means embrace all the subjects treated in public docu- ments. If you fail to see here what you want, send your inquiries to tbe^ Superintendent of Documents and they will be answered. WMhington: Government Printing Ofllce: Xay, 1913.. Document Catalogue: Monthly Catalogue: Check List Every other year since 1895, each Congress has prepared a complete cata- logue of all publications issued during its sessions, under the title Document catalogue. Each one of these catalogues is a large volume over half the size of a Webster dictionary. Each one gives in alphabetical order by subject and author a guide to what has been published by the United States government for the Congress indicated on the back. These catalogues are to the United States government publications what the Readers' guide and other magazine indexes are to magazine articles. Their great value is not understood as fully as it should be. As the catalogues index practically everything, by subject and author, they necessarily contain much material which is of little or no service to the general public, as well as much that is of great value. Each month all of the current reports are indexed, under departments, in the "Monthly catalogue," which keeps the Document catalogue up to date. A publication known as Check List gives a complete list of documents ar- ranged by departments. The Following Specimen Entry Under Mosquitoes, in Volume 10 of the Document Catalogue, is Used as an Illustration Mosquitoes. Currie, D. H. Mosquitoes in relation to transmission of leprosy (with bibliography). (In Public Health and Marine Hospital Service. Public health bulletin 39. Sept., 1910, p. 3-19.) What is the title of the article? What office issues it as a bulletin number what? What date? How many pages does it contain? Articles are also indexed under author; under what name, therefore, would this, and any other articles for this catalogue by this author, appear? "With bibliography" means that it con- tains a list of references. The next article under "mosquitoes" gives as one of the references the fol- lowing : S. doc. 822, p. 239-'450. 61st Cong., 3rd sess., in v. 61; 5919. This refers to Senate document number what? Pages? Congress and session? Volume for this Congress? 5919 is the large serial number on the back of the volume, regardless of the Congress. One of the entries under "Beans" reads as follows: Beans. Dubois, W. L. Analyses of canned peas and beans, showing compo- sition of different grades. Mar. 28, 1910. 9 p. (Chemistry Bureau. Circular 54.) Under what Bureau was it issued? As circular number what? And at what date? How many pages in the article? What subject is of as much importance in the article as "beans"? It would, therefore, be entered again under what other word? What entry will it have besides subject; and, therefore, under what name? Miscellaneous Publications Which Should Be Known From the almost limitless number of United States Public Documents, at least those mentioned below should be known for purposes of general reference. Read the description of each one carefully. Congressional Directory Directory of the members of Congress; official duties of the depart- ments of the government; foreign consuls; many other items connected with the government. Contents in the front, arranged alphabetically, to serve as an index. Congressional Record A daily record of the speeches and proceedings of Congress while it is in session. Indexed every two weeks; index fully cumulated every Congress. Action taken regarding Senate or House bills can be traced by the numbers of the bills at the back. Statistical Abstract A valuable one volume yearly abstract of many volumes of statis- tics, compiled from the different departmeni s. Census Abstract: Statistical Atlas A complete census of the United States is taken every ten years. The re- turns of each census are issued in many large volumes. For general reference, the many details are condensed in two ways; by tables, in the Census abstract; and by a color and chart scheme for showing statistics, in the Statistical atlas. Selected Publications Indexed in Magazine Indexes The publications mentioned below are of such value that the H. W. Wilson Co. index them in their different guides as regularly as they do magazines. Read the lists carefully, as they indicate the publications which are the most practical for general needs, and those which every citizen should know about. In the Readers' Guide are indexed : Farmers' Bulletins; Agricultural Year-book; Bureau of Education Bulletins; Bureau of Labor Bulletins. In Industrial Arts are indexed : Department of Agriculture Bulletins; Bureau of Foreign and Domestic Com- merce, Special Agents Series; Bureau of Mines — Bulletins, Miners' Circular, Technical Papers; Bureau of Standards — Bulletins, Circulars, Technical Papers; Special Consular Reports. In Public Affairs Information Service are indexed : Miscellaneous publications too varied to mention. National Library Service It is proposed to create a National Library Service, for progressive readjust- ment and for the purpose of making more available the educative resources of the Government. Headquarters, National Library Service, Bureau of Educa- tion, Washington, D. C. National Manuals Many nations publish a kind of government year-book or manual giving the names of those employed in army, navy, post offices, and other positions, together with miscellaneous information. In Great Britain, the publication is called the Blue Book; in France, the Yellow Book; in Italy, the Green Book; in United States, the Official Register {Blue Book). Study of Specimen Entries The specimen pages following are taken from a Statistical abstract, to illus- trate the variety of items included in that publication. A Statistical abstract is issued each year. Consult the table headed "Education" and give the following: Total expenditures for schools in the United States for the years 1871 and 1916. Total number of teachers in 1900. Number enrolled in the public schools in 1875. Consult the table headed "Annual Average Export Prices of Leading Articles of Domestic Production," and find the following: Price of butter per pound at ports in 1893; 1917. Price of anthracite coal per ton in 1893; 1896. Price of bacon per pound in 1907; 1917. Consult the table headed "Cities Having 60,000 Inhabitants or Over in 1917 " and find the following: Cities which had 50,000 inhabitants or over in 1850. Between what decades the following cities jumped from under 50,000 in- habitants to over: Washington; Omaha; Tampa, Duluth; Denver; Berkeley. Consult the table headed "Summary of Strikes in Coal Mines" find the following : Number of men on strike in bituminous mines in 1910 and in 1916. Consult the table headed "Fire Losses in the United States," and find the following : Amount of loss by fire in 1875; in 1916; in 1806. Compare the last mentioned table with the one headed Education and tell whether education or fires represent the greater amount for the following years: 1879; 1906. The last page is a map of the United States showing the increase of popu- lation by states for the census of 1900, as represented in the Statistical atlas of that census. Consult the key in the lower left hand corner, find the shading which represents an increase of less than ten per cent, and name the most western state so shaded. Name the largest state which increased between 30 and 50 per cent. What was the per cent of increase for California? For Montana? 10 EDUCATION. No. 71.— STTMMASY OF SCHOOL POPULATION,* 1871 TO 191G: Enrollment, Attendance, Superintendents and Teachers Employed in, and Expenditures FOR, Public Schools.^ [Source: Bureau of Education, Department of the Interior.] Population, 6 to 18 years of age.» Pupils. Teachers. School year. Number enrolled in public schools. Average daily attendance. Male.. Female. Total. Salaries of superintend- ents and teachers. Total expendi- ture. Dollars. Dollars. 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 12,305,600 12,565,600 12. 833, 700 13,112,900 13,405,200 7,561,582 7,815,30? 8,003,614 8,444,251 8,785,678 4,545,817 4,668,844 4,745,459 6,050,840 6,248,114 90,293 94,992 97,790 103,465 108,791 129, 932 134,929 139,723 144,982 149,074 220,226 229,921 237, 613 248,447 257,865 42,580,853 46,935,681 47,932,050 50,785,656 54,722,250 69,107,612 74,234,476 76, 238, 464 80,054,286 83,504,007 1876...... 1877 1878 1879 1880 13,708,000 14, 026,£00 14,350,000 14,702,800 15,066,-?67 8,869,115 8,965,006 9,438,883 9,604,458 9,867,605 5,291,876 6,426,59& 6,783,065 5,876,077 6, 144, 143 109,780 114,312 119,404 121,490 122,795 149, 838 152, 738 157,743 158,840 163,798 259,618 267,060 277,147 280,330 286, 593 55,368,166 54,973,776 56,155,133 64,639,731 65,942,972 J83, 032,578 79,439,826 79,083,260 76,192,375 78,094,687 1881 3882 1883 1884...... 1885 15,379,290 15,704,660 16,044,410 16,401,280 16,773,ia0 10,000,896 10, 211, 678 10,651,828 10,982,364 11,398,024 6,145,932 6, 331, 242 6,652,892 7,065,696 7,297,629 122,611 118,892 116, 388 118,905 121,702 171,349 180, 187 188,001 195, 110 204,164 293,860 299, 079 304, 389 314,015 325,916 58,012,463 60,594,933 64,798,859 68,384,275 72,878,993 83,642,964 88,990,486 96,750,003 103,212,837 110,328,376 1886 1887 1888...... 1890::::" 17,122,060 17,482,020 17,827,310 18, 168, 580 18,513,201 11,664,460 11,884,944 12,182,600 12,392,260 12, 722, 581 7,626,351 7,681,806 7,906,986 8,005,969 8,163,635 123, 792 127,093 126,240 124, 467 125,625 207, 601 212, 367 220, 894 232,110 238,397 331,393 339, 400 847,134 356,577 363,922 76, 270, 434 78, 639, 964 83,022,562 87, 568, 306 91,836,484 113, 322, 545 115,783,890 124,244,911- 132,539,783 140,506,715 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 18,897,076 19,194,233 19, 620, 964 20,137,521 20,440,479 13, 060, 132 13, 255, 921 13,483,310 13,996,357 14,243,765 8,408,323 8, 660, 603 8,837,199 9,263,360 9,648,722 123,360 121,673 122, 472 126,402 129,706 245,028 252, 053 260,278 263,547 268,336 368, 388 374,226 382, 750 388,949 398,042 96,303,069 100,298,2.56 104,560,3.39 109,202,405 113,872,388 147,494,809 155,817,012 164,171,057 172,502,843 17.5,809,279 1890 1897 1898 1899 1900 20, 863, 807 21,114,812 21,572,114 21,917,865 21,404,322 14,498,956 14,823,059 15,103,874 15,176,219 15,503,110 9, 781, 475 10,052,654 10, 356, 458 10, 328, 396 10,632,772 130,873 131, 221 132,257 181,207 126,588 269,923 273,737 278,-556 283,065 ^>96,474 400,296 404,958 410,813 414,272 423,062 117,139,641 119,310,503 124,192,270 129,345,873 137, 687, 746 183, 498, 965 187,682,269 194,292,911 200,154,597 214, 964, 618 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 21,982,797 22, 278, 693 22, 055, 001 23, 028, 748 23,410.800 15,688,602 15,917,385 15, 999, 717 16, 256, 038 16,468,30q 10,714,613 11,064,164 11,053,158 11,318,256 11,481,531 126,491 120,883 116, 72a 113,744 110,682 805,292 320,936 833,144 841,498 349, 737 431,783 441,819 449,864 456,242 460,269 143,286,204 151,443,081 157,635,732 167, 824, 753 177,462,981 227,465,664 238,262,299 262,804,081 273,216,227 291,616,660 1906 1907 1908....... 1909 1910 23, 792, 723 24,262,936 24,613,708 24,239,820 24,360,888 16,641,970 16,890,818 17,061,962 17,606,175 17,813,862 11,712,300 11,925,672 12, 154. 172 12,684,837 12,827,307 109,179 104,414 104,495 108,800 110,481 356,884 376,902 390, 968 398, 153 412,729 . 466,063 481,316 495, 463 606,453 623,210 186,483,464 202,047,814 219, 780, 123 237,013,913 «263,916,470 807,765,659 336,898,333 371,344,410 401,397,747 426,250,434 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916..... 24,745,562 25,167,446 2.5,587,331 26,002,153 26,425,100 26,846,976 18,035,118 18,182,937 18,609,040 19,153,786 19,693,007 20,351,687' 12,871.980 13,302.303 13,613,656 14,216,459 14,964,886 15,358,927 110,328 114,559 113,213 114,602 118,435 1^,038 423,278 432, 730 452,270 465,3% 485,506 499,333 633,606 647,289 665,483 680,058 604,001 622,371 '266,678,471 < 284,^5, 162 <.-^04, 431,681 « 323, 610 915 < 344, 668, 690 <364,789,265 446,726,929 482,886,793 621,546,375 655,077,146 605,460,785 640,717,003 • Includes public, graded, and high schools, hut excludes private schools. ».Alaska and Hawaii not included. Indian Territory not Included prior to 1901. » Estimated^ except United States census years. « Includes salaries of teachers and principals only. 32951°— s A 1917- -8 113 11 ANNUAL AVEEAGE DOMESTIC EXPORT PRICES. 547 H P? r S (U e^ s ^ {10 o s J3 1 p •3 e8 ' P4 ^ H JU ^ • 09 s M g •?i 0.. H PnS ■3 O-t ?! H M H 3 Wco •0 ►^ci Oifi t. H.. 8 1 S Q oi ^Q HM ■^ Sh §g .b r^l?! 5 1^ P^ 2 (I4 !;t H 2 P4 ft OS (X4 J,.^ M J3 H V, H 3 oot-Mt-ooort.ca>rHco-it- iJa>coo6a>cioioocJO".-rtMC^■(NC^i«ej^ic^■^^«i«;«Si0.otdnMt-t-cic^t->coooooi-ot-Trooo«50co SuiiOiOi00iraiOidirftot--'>ooio«jix)t«"'r^odr-"oioiQO-H •punod jad'pai:!! -Old JO pajiBS '^JOj .oOO.-«)(No*a>iN,^oood•--'00>oooo■* •punod lad ••pivj goJo>r-'«dio.n:odoioio-;j.qo>r^rHj^--r-. •punod aad '8uiBi( puB uooug ^ _ ^ t- <«^ t-. 0> TJ. ■<)• S « S S S8 -.. M rH ,-, CO C» to G c» oi o> eb 00 1> t- r- 00 oi oi r^ c;j eo c;! M CO m ^ puB ' •jaaj i'oo 05 ooToo^ o"i- oj'oT^ o-. t^ o> oi'oooTiocj •punod jad 'siibh ajjA^ aS '. j j I j c^i r-i eJ IN 4 e-i (N c^' c^i N c< CO •punod jad 'su'sn ^nj g C^' C^' .-; iM' C^ rn" r^ « oi C^ Ci Ci C^ Or-t^t-o>r~SM2J^SS" Cooto^>OTi:T^^^o^ooto^«5«i>d«5t^«5t^t^t^oio6 •pjT?X jad 'pajoioo 6.5 6.3 5.9 5.8 5.7 5.2 4.8 6.5 5.7 5,0 5.0 6.0 5.7 6.9 6.2 7.2 5.9 6.18 6.88 6.14 6.55 9^40 •puno4 jed 'pn^l -dQ— pajn jOBjnu'Bra nfl .oooao-^o,^t.^coo.oooo^^^8^S§S:SS?=: Q«3i»u3QOr^ioifit>^oic6odoJco.-iOr-a^^^^'H^t^ •pqsnq jad 'i^qM ;§S5SSi2gl2g2SP!^Sgg3?:gggg?S:SSSSg ^0 rtrt ^.-.« •laqsnq aad 'ojoo SS^S§?§SS§^^^SSSSSS58gSSSS{5SS2 qo r" f pi 1893... 1894... 1896... 18%... 1897... 1899!!! 1900... 1901... 1902... 1903... 1904... 1905... 1906... 1907... 1908... 1909... 1910... 1911... 1912... 1913.-.. 1914... 1915... 1916... 1917... 12 P0PX7LATI0N OF PRINCIPAL CITIES. 53 No. 30.— CITIES HAVING 60,000 OB MORE INHABITANTS IN 1917: Population at Each Census, 1850 to 1910, with Estimates for July 1, 1917. (Source: Reports of the Bureau of the Census, Department of Commerce.] City. 1850 ,1860 1870 1880 1890 1900 1910 1917 3,266 3,477 10,006 69,422 16,512 90,758 27,601 94.923 42,728 94,151 69,067 100,253 93,604 106,632 Albany, N.Y 60,703 62,367 Allentowu, Pa...' 3,779 8,025 13,884 18,003 25,228 35,416 51,913 65,109 3,591 9,554 10,610 21,789 19, 710 37,409 30,337 65,533 38,973 89, 872 59,712 190,144 Atlanta, Ga ..... 2,572 154,839 Atlantic City, N.J... 1,043 5^,477 13,055 27,838 46, 150 59;515 Augusta, Qa (') 12,493 15,389 21,891 33,300 39,441 41,040 50 642 Baltimore, Md Bavonne, N. J . .... 169,054 212,418 207,354 332,313 434,439 508, 957 558.485 594,637 9,372 19,033 5,101 32, 722 13,214 55.545 40,434 72,204 60,427 Berkeley, Cal 8,325 17,317 3.086 35,005 26, 178 39,647 244,000 48,443 132,085 54,864 189,716 Birmingham, Ala ,^ Boston, Mass 136,881 177,840- 250,526 302,839 448,477 500,892 670,585 767,813 Bridgeport, Conn.... 3 7,500 3 13, 299 18, %9 27,643 48,806 70,996 102,054 124,724 Brockton, Mass 3,939 6>584 8,007 13,608 27,294 '10,003 50,878 69,152 Buffalo, N.Y 42,201 81,129 117,714 155, 134 255, 604 352,387 423,715 475,781 Cambridge, Mass Camden, N.J 15,215 26,060 14,358 39,634 52,609 70,028 91,880 104,839 114,293 9,479 20,045 41,659 58,313 75,935 94,538 108,117 Canton, Ohio 2,603 4,041 8,660 12, 258 26, 189 30, 007 50,217 02,566 Charleston, S. C 42,985 40,522 48,956 49, 984 54,955 55,807 68,833 61,041 Chattanooga, Tenn.. 6,093 12,892 29,100 30, 154 44,004 61,575 Chjcago,Ill.. 29,903 115,435 109,260 161,014 298,977 210,239 503 185 1 099 850 1,098,575 <331,8G6 2,185,^ 363,591 2,547,201 414,248 Cincinnati, Ohio 255, 139 296, 90S Cleveland, Ohio 17,034 43,417 92, 829 160, 146 261,353 6384,111 500, 603 692,259 Columbus, Ohio 17,882 18,554 31,274 51,047 88,150 125,560 181,511 220, 135 Covkigton, Ky 9,408 10,471 24,505 29, 720 37,371 6 46.975 53,270 59, 623 Dallas, Tex 10,358 38,007 ' 46, 268 92, 104 129, 73S Dayton, Ohio j: 10,977 20,081 30,473 38,078 61,220 85,333 116,577 128,939 4,759 12,035 79,577 35,629 22,408 116, .340 106,713 50,093 205,870 « 140, 472 213,381 80,308 405,706 208,439 104,052 619,048 3,965 45,619 Detroit, Mich 21,019 2 290,277 Duluth, Mmn 80 3,131 »838 33,115 52, %9 78,466 58,547 EastSt. Louis, 111... 5,644 9,185 15,109 »0 30,710 77 312 Elizabeth, N. J 11,567 20,832 28,229 37, 764 52, 130 73,409 88,830 EI Paso, Tex ^"^.S (») (") 730 10,338 15,906 39,279 09,149 9,419 11,484 19,646 21,830 60,525 69,047 76,592 76,981 Evansville,lnd 3,235 29,280 50, 756 69, 007 Fall River, Mass 11,524 14,026 20, 706 48,961 74,398 104,803 119,295 129,828 38,550 03,933 57,386 73,014 FortWavne.Iud.... 4,282 (") 17,718 26,880 35^393 45,115 Fort Worth, Tex.... 6,663 23,076 26, 688 73,312 112,571 Grand Rapids, Mich. 2,686 8,085 16,507 32,016 60,278 87,565 132,861 Harrisburg, Pa Hartford, Conn 7,834 13,405 23,104 30, 702 39,385 50, 107 04, 186 73, 276 3 17,966 3 29,152 37, 180 42,015 53,230 79,850 98,915 112,831 20, 297 10, 733 43,648 35,037 59, 304 45,712 70,324 57,730 78,324 66,503 Holyoke, Mass 3,245 4,997 21,915 Houston, Tex 2,396 4,845 9,382 10,513 27,557 44, 633 78,800 116,873 Indiauapolis, Ind 8,091 18,011 48,2)4 75,056 105,430 12170,963 233, 050 283,622 Jacksonville, FJa 1,045 2,118 6,912 7,650 17,201 28,429 57,699 79,065 Jersey City, N. J 6,856 29,220 82,540 120, 722 163,003 206,433 267, 779 312,557 Johnstown, Pa 1,209 -.,185 6,028 8, .380 21,805 1^36,744 55,482 70,473 Kalamazoo, Mich.... 2,507 6,070 9,181 11,937 17,853 24,404 39,437. 50,408 .38,316 132,710 82,331 248,381 102,096 305,816 Kansas City, Mo 4,418 32, 200 55,785 "164.745 Knoxville, Tenn.... 2,076 (") 8,682 9,093 22,535 32,637 36,340 59,112 Lancaster, Pa 12,309 17,603 20,233 25, 769 32,011 41,459 47,227 51,437 Lawrence, Mass . 8,282 17,039 28, 921 39, 151 44,054 62, 559 85,892 102.923 Little Rock, Ark.... 2,107 3,727 12,380 13, 138 25,874 1«33,556 45,941 58,716 Los Angeles, Cal 1,010 4,385 5.728 11,183 50,395 "104,266 319,198 535,485 Louisville, Ky 43, 194 08,033 100, 753 123, 758 161,129 18 205,173 223,928 240,808 ' Not returne \ separately in 1850; in 1852, according to a local census, Augusta had a population of '2 Includes population of Ensley city and Pratt City town, annexed in 1910. s Population of town; town and city not returned separately. < Includes adjacent territory, annexed in 1903 and 1909. s Includes South Brooklyn village annexed in 1905. •Includes Central Covington and Latonia towns, annexed in 1906 and 1907, respectively. 'Includes Oak Cliff town, annexed in 1903. e Includes Delray village, annexed in 1906. 9 E.xcludes Duluth village (population 2,645) set apart by act of legislature Feb. 23, 1877, but which again became part of the city by the act of Mar. 2, 1887. 10 Includes Wmstanley Park village, annexed in 1902. iiNot returned separately. >2 Includes Irvington town, annexed in 1902. >3 Includes Roxbury Borough, annexed in 1901. "Includes Argentine city, annexed in 1910. >5 Includes that part of Kaw Township outside of Kansas City, annexed in 1909. i« Includes ward 8, taken to form a part of Argenta City in 1904. " Includes San Pedro city, annexed in 1904. w Includes Crescent Hill town, annexed in 1900. 13 64 POPULATION OF PRINCIPAL CITIES. No. 30. — CiTiE3 Havinq 50,000 or More Inhabitants in 1917: Population at Each Census, 1850 to 1910, with Estimates fohTJuly 1, 1917— Continued. Lowell, Mass Lynn, Mass , Maiden, Mass , Manchester, N. H.... Memphis, Tenn , Milwaukee, Wis , Minneapolis, Minn. . . , Mobile, Ala .• , Nashville, Tenn , Newark, N.J New Bedford, Mass... New Britain, Conn. . . New Haven, Conn..., New Orleans, La New York, N.Y.^.., Manhattan Bronx Brooklyn Queens , . Richmond Norfolk, Va Oakland, Cal OklahomaCity, Okla. Omaha. Nebr Passaic, N. J Paterson, N. J. ... Pawtucket, R.I Peoria, 111 Philadelphia, Pa Pittsburgh, Pa.s... . Portland, Me Portland, Greg Providence. R. I Pueblo, Colo ^.. Beading, Pa Richmond, Va , Rochester, N. Y Rockford.Ill , Sacramento, Cal Saginaw, Mich St. Joseph, Mo St. Louis, Mo St. Paul, Minn Salt LakeCity, Utah., ^an Antonio, Tex Ban Diego, Cal San Francisco, Cal Savannah, Ga , Schenectady, N. Y.., Scranton. Pa Seattle, Wash Sioux City, Iowa Somerville, Mass... . South Bcnd.Ind Spokane, Wash Springfield, 111 Springfield, Mass Springfield, Ohio . . . Syracuse, Nt Y Tacoma, Wash Tampa, Fla 33,333 14,257 3,620 13,932 8,841 20,061 20,515 10,105 18,443 36,827 19,083 5,865 20,107 22,623 45,246 2,564 29,258 16,988 71,941 22.300 * 20,345 116,375 696,115 515,547 8.032 138,882 18,593 15,C01 14,326 3,753 5,095 121,376 67,863 20, 815 41,513 15, 743 27,570 3d, 403 6,820 3,488 (10) "34,776 15,312 8,921 3,540 1,652 4,533 11,766 5,108 22,271 '974 * 39, 267 168,675 1,174,779 813,669 23,593 279,122 32,903 25, 492 14,620 1,543 l,i 19,586 4,200 14, 045 565,529 77,923 26,341 2,874 SO, 600 23,162 37,910 48,204 6,979 13,785 8^932 160,773 10, 401 8.236 8,235 731 56, 802 22. 292 9,579 9,223 9,320 15, 199 7,002 28, 119 (10) 40,928 28,233 7,367 23,536 40,226 71,440 13,066 32,034 25,865 105,059 21,320 ♦ 50, 840 191,418 , 478, 103 942,292 37,393 419,921 45,468 33,029 19,229 10,500 10,083 33,579 6,619 22,849 074,022 139.256 31,413 8,293 68,904 33,930 51,038 62,380 11,049 16,283 7,460 19,505 310,864 20,030 12,854 12,256 2,300 149,473 28,235 11,026 35,092 1,107 3,401 14,685 7,206 17,364 20,703 12,652 43,051 59, 475 38,274 12,017 32,630 33,592 115,587 46,887 29,132 43,350 136,508 26,845 11,800 ♦ 62,882 216,090 1,9U,698 1,164,673 61,980 599, 495 56,559 38,991 21,966 34,555 30,518 6,532 51,031 19,030 29,259 847,170 2.35,071 33,810 17,577 104,857 3,217 43,278 63, 600 89,366 13,129 21,420 10,525 32,431 360,518 41,473 20,768 20,550 2,637 233, 959 30,709 13,655 45,850 3,533 7,306 24,933 13,280 19,743 33,340 20,730 51,792 720 77,696 65,727 23,031 44,126 64,495 204,468 1M,738 31,076 76,168 181,830 40,733 16,519 81,298 242,039 2.507,414 1,441,216 83,908 838,547 87,050 51,693 34,871 48,082 4,151 140,452 13,028 78,347 27,633 41,024 1,046,964 343,904 36,425 46,385 132, 146 24,558 53, 661 81^388 133,890 23,584 26,386 46,322 62, 324 451,770 133, 156 44,843 37,673 16,159 298,997 43, 189 19, 902 75,215 42,837 37,806 40,152 21,819 19, 922 24, %3 44, 179 31,895 88, 143 36,006 5,532 94,969 68,513 33,664 56,987 1102,647 285,315 202, ns 342,008 80, 805 3 248,849 62, 442 28,202 108,027 287, 104 3,437,202 1,850,093 200,507 1,166.582 152, 999 67,021 •51,612 66, 900 10,037 102,555 27,777 105,171 39,231 '58,458 I 293 697 '462! 801 50,145 90,426 175,597 28,157 78,901 ♦94,765 162, 608 31,051 29,282 42,345 102,979 575,2.38 163,065 53,531 53,321 17,700 342,782 54, 244 31,682 102,026 •2 86,146 33,111 61,643 35,999 36. .343 »3 35,328 62,059 38,253 108,374 37.714 « 16,387 105,294 89,336 44,404 70,063 131,105 373,857 301,408 51,521 110,364 347,469 96,652 43,916 133,605 339,075 4,766,883 2,331,542 430,980 ,634,351 284,041 85,909 67, 452 150, 174 64,205 124,006 54,773 125,600 51,622 66,950 ,549,008 533, 905 58,571 207,214 224,326 44,305 90,071 127, 628 218, 149 45,401 so'sio 77,403 687,029 214,744 92,777 96,614 39,578 416,912 65,064 72,826 129,867 237, 194 47,828 77,236 53, 084 104,402 51,678 88,926 46,921 137,249 83.743 37,782 114,366 104,534 52,243 79,607 151,877 4;5,003 373,448 50,201 118,136 41,3,783 121,622 55.383 152,275 377,010 5,737,492 2,682,978 599,215 1,976,103 379,396 99,803 91,148 206,4C>5' 97,533 177,777 74,478 140,512 60,666 72,13-1' 1,735,51-4: 586,103 64,720 308,3G'3 259,895 50,084 111,607 158,702 261,714 56,739 63,984 56,409 86,498 768,630 252,465 121,623 128,215 56,412 471.023 69,250 103,774 149,541 366,445 68,563 88,618 70,967 157,655 62,623 108,663 52,296 158,559 117,446 56,251 I Includes Lenox town, annexed in 1909. « Includes precinct 27, Garrity's, and other territory annexed in 190S. « Includes Vails Borough, annexed in 1905. * Population of town; town and city not returned separately. » Population of New York &nd its boroughs as now constituted. « Includes Berkley town, annexed in 1906. ' Includes North Peoria village, annexed in 1900. •Includes population of Allegheny: 1850,21,202; 1860, 28,702; 1870, 53,180; 1830, 78,682; 1890, 105,287; 1900, 129,896; and otlier adjacent territory annexed in 1905, 1906, 1907, and 1908. Includes population of Manchester city, annexed in 1910. >o Not separately returned. »' Population as reported by State census of 1852; the returns for 1850 for San Francisco were destroyed by fire. 1= Includes Ballard city, Columbia town, and We^>. Seattle precinct, annexed in 1907. '^ Includes Ridglcy village, annexed in I9n. >< Tampa town. *' Includes a part of precinct 6, comprising a portiou 0! Brook town, anne.Ted (n 1307. 14 POPULATION, BY COUNTRY OF ORIGIN. 55 No. SC-CmES Having 50,000 or More Inhabitants in 1^17: Population' at Each Census, 1-850 to 1910, with Estimates for July* 1, 1917--€ontinued. City. 1860 1860 1870 1880 1890 1900 1910 1917 Terre Haute, Ind Toledo, Ohio 4,051 8,594 16, 103 31,584 22,874 46,465 28,804 109, 199 10,826 26,042 50,137 29,910 56,747 33,914 177,624 17,806 4,911 23,339 42,478 58,291 18,892 13,940 15,435 30,217 81,434 57, 458 60,956 44,007 230,392 28,646 23,853 37,718 61, 431 84,655 32,033 20,793 33,220 36, 673 131,822 73,307 » 75,057 56,383 278,718 51,139 24,071 61,721 76,508 118,421 47,931 33,708 44,886 58. 157 168, 497 96,815 76,813 74,419 331,069 73,141 52,450 67, 105 87,411 145,986 79,803 44,750 79,006 67.361 Trenton, N.J Troy,N.Y Utica,N. Y Washington, D.C.2... Waterburv, Conn 6,461 28,785 17,565 40,001 17,228 39,235 22,529 61,122 202,010 113,974 78,094 89,272 369,282 89,201 Wichita, Kans Wilkes-Barre.Pa WUmington, Del Worcester, Mass Yonkers,N. Y 2,723 13,979 17,049 4.253 21,258 24,960 10, 174 30,841 41,105 73,597 78,334 95.369 166. 106 York, Pa Youngstown, Ohio. . . 6,863 8,605 2,759 11,003 8,075 1C3.065 52,770 112,282 •Includes territory ,£ inncxed in 1901. «Ssiv'e!°° ^' '^''^'^ '™™ ^^ ^^ ^^^° ^°' *^ ^^*™* °^ Colombia, with which the city is now No. 172.— SUMMARY 'OF STRIKES IN COAL MINES: Number op Men on Strike, Days Lost, and Average Days Lost per Man, Calendar Years 1905 TO 1916. [Source: Reports of the Geological Survey, Department of the Interior-! Year. Men on strike. Working days lost. Average days lost permau. Year. Men on strike. Working days lost. Average davs lost per man. 1905 37,542 372,343 32,540 145,145 24,763 218,493 796,735 19,201,348 462,392 6,449,938 723,634 19,250,524 21.0 51.5 14.0 38.0 29.0 88.0 1911 41,413 311,056 135,395 161,720 67,190. 170,633 983,737 12,527,305 3,049,412 11,013,667 2,467,431 3,344,586 24.0 40.0 22.5 68.0 37; 1900 1912 1907' 1913 19081 1914 19091 1915 1910 1916 'Bituminous mines only. No. 358.— FIRE LOSSES IN THE UNITED STATES endar Years 1875 to 191G. Estimated Value, Cal- (Source: Annual reports of the National Board of Fire Underwriters,] Year. Loss. Year. Loss. Year. Loss. 1875 Dollars. 78,102,285 64,630,600 68,265,800 64,315,900 77,703,700 74,643,400 81,280,900 84; 505, 024 100,149,228 110,008,611 102,818,796 104,924,750 120,283,055 110,885,665 1889. Dollars. 123,046,833 108,993,792 143,764,967 151,516,098 167,544,370 140,006,484 142, 110, 233 118,737,420 116,354,575 130,693,905 163,597,830 160,929,805" 165,817,810 161,078,040 1903 Dollars. 145, 302, 155 1890 1904 229,198,050 1877 1891 1905.. 105,221,650 1878 1892 1906 618,611,800 1893 1907 215,084,709 1880 1894 1908. 217,885,850 1895 1909 188, 705, 150 1896 1910 214,003,300 1883 1897 1911 ; 217,004,575 1898 1912 200,438,900 1885 1899 1913 203,763,550 1900 1914 221,439,350 1915 172,033,200 1888 1902 ... 1916 214,530,995 15 o o T o CO CO 00 CO o I— Q- o o CO o o cc UJ 16 Questions for Public Documents Rtudent's name For cent. Teacher's name Hour reoitinc; Date Have you read the directions on the hack of this cover? An-^wer yes or no. I 1 — ^What publications should be cuasulted for: g a. Leading city officials (Xame city publication). »§ S b. Leading state officials (Name state publication). ,jg c. lieading United States officials (Name Uniterl Stales publication). i^ so 2 — WTiich of the Wilson periodical indexes includes tlie Farmers' Bulletins, the Agricultural M) Year-book, and the Burfeau of Educatii^n liuUetins? *§ a •C 3 — a. From what office in Washington, D. C, can one secure small classified catalogues cf the United States government publications, free? b. Wiini are tliese catalogues called? 4 — What United States government publication gives a complete daily record of the work of Congress? f) — a. What is the catalogue called which lists all United States publications fur each congress, under author and subject? b. What keeps this catalogue up to date, between congresses, under departments? f. — What yearly United States government publication issues c:;ndensed tables of statistics per- taining to all deT)artments? ! 7— a. All reports from all states are listed monthly by what library? bA b. Under what title? £ a) c. How frequently are these reports inflexed by author and title? ^ s S — What is the largest publishing house in the world? ^ ■♦- •O 9 — What United States directory would list departments cf the government, and mention the w bureaus an-1 divisions under each, together with the officials at the head of each main ^ division? ^3 S 10 — Name at least six of the ten departments fif the United States government. ^ 11 — Give a rough estimate cf the number of large volumes required for the pul>lications of each congress in the form known as "C'ongressi .nal documents." 12 — a. How frequently is a complete census of tlie ITnited States taken? b. These reports, which constitute ten or twelve very large volumes, are condensed into one large volume of tables imder what name? Directions for Using Perforated Page of Questions and Key Which appear on the reverse aide of this cover The questions which appear on the reverse side of this cover, on a perforated colored sheet, are not difficult, detailed or "catchy." They are intended to emphasize important points and to systematize the work for class records. The answers, which can easily be given after the text has been carefully read, should be written, from memory, in the blank spaces under the questions, preferably in class time unless directed to do otherwise by the one in charge of the work. The perforated sheet should be torn out in the presence of the one conduct- ing the class and only after it has been filled in. When directed to remove the questions, insert pencil in the hole and rip around the perforated edges. A key, by means of which the work can be checked, is printed on the cover under the question page, but is not revealed until after the question page is removed. This key consists of the same questions, with the correct answer to each printed below it. The value of each question, on the scale of 100, is indicated after the answer in the key. By means of this key, students could correct their own or each other's work in a few moments, in case the librarian or teacher could not take the extra time to do so. If the one who corrects the paper finds an incorrect answer, the amount to be deducted should be placed on the outer right-hand margin, near the mistake. These amounts should be added, the sum subtracted from 100, and the result placed after the word "Per cent." at the top of the sheet. The questions are asked in such a way as to admit of very little variety in the wording of the answers. However, if the wording of a written answer is mani- festly correct, and perfectly clear, but not exactly like the printed answer, of course no deduction should be made. Do not deduct for spelling, nor for abbreviated statements if they are perfectly clear. If the one who corrects a paper marks a question wrong which the writer considers correct, the two should examine the key together, or ask advice from the one in charge of the class. r^s %T2 318' F03 ilBEARY SCHOOL LIBRAEt LD 21-50ni-4,'63 (D6471sl0)476 General Library University of California Berkeley U.C. BERKELEY LIBRARIES III C0E7m57aE